specialized tools for Electrophysiology & Cell Biology Research

Planar Lipid Bilayer Perfusion/Microfluidics Oocyte Clamps Patch Clamps Microinjectors Microincubators Micromanipulators Ussing/Diffusion Systems Live Cell Imaging Chambers Temperature Control Systems Electroporation/Transfection

Electro- Call to receive other catalogs of interest physiology & Animal, Behavioral Harvard Electro- Molecular Cell Biology Organ & Cell Research Apparatus poration Sample Research Physiology Pumps & Preparation Electrofusion Welcome to the NEW Electrophysiology &

Dear Researcher: Warner Instruments is proud to introduce our new Electrophysiology & Cell Biology Catalog. This catalog contains many new products for cell imaging, biosensing, microinjection, and electrophysiology. NEW Products Featured Include: • PLI-100A Picoliter Microinjector - With three positive and two negative pressure capabilities, the versatile PLI-100A is capable of large injections into capillaries or small injections into mammalian nuclei. • BioStat Multi-channel Potentiostat - The BioStat is a software-driven, multi-mode potentiostat that can be used for measurement of pH, reactive oxygen species, and nitric oxide. • Compact Motorized Micromanipulator - Linear amplifiers, used to drive the stepper motors, eliminate stray electromagnetic radiation; reducing noise and resulting in improved patch clamp and electrophysiology performance. • PFC-1 Proflow Chamber - Computer designed gaskets optimized for well-defined, well-controlled shear-flow. • RC-49FS Perfusion Chamber with Field Stimulation - Uses popular 18 mm round coverslip. The low profile design allows for low entry angle patch electrodes. • CL-200 Dual Channel Bipolar Temperature Controller - Single control temperature adjustment, built-in protection for Peltier devices, open thermistor fault protection. • New Zoom Stereo Microscopes - Versatile, high performance, ergonomically designed microscopes, with multiple stand options. • ProgRes® Microscope Cameras - These CMOS and CCD cameras are suitable for all contrast methods in light microscopy, C-Mount and USB2.0/FireWire interfaces. All ProgRes® cameras include CapturePro® image capture software. Sincerely,

Ralph Abate Business Manager, Warner Instruments Cell Biology Research Catalog

NEW CL-200 Dual Channel Bipolar Temperature Controller, p. 111

NEW RC-49FS Perfusion Chamber with Field Stimulation, p. 54

NEW PFC-1 Proflow Chamber, p. 57

NEW BioStat Multi-channel Potentiostat, p. 372

NEW Compact Motorized Micromanipulator, p. 297

NEW ProgRes® Microscope Cameras, p. 344

NEW New Zoom Stereo NEW PLI-100A Picoliter Microinjector, p. 278 Microscopes, p. 338

See more NEW products on our website: www.warneronline.com Table ofwarner Contents instruments

Chamber Section 5 Okolab Gas Mixers Two Gas Mixer 2GF_Mixer ...... 159 Overview of Imaging Systems ...... 6 - 7 Digital Gas Mixer DGTCO2BX ...... 160 - 161 Chamber Cross Reference Chart ...... 8 - 9 Microincubators Warner Heating Overview ...... 10 - 11 Culture Dish Heater, DH-35...... 162 Oocyte Chambers ...... 12 - 13 Microincubator System for 35mm Cell Culture Dishes, DH-35i...... 163 RC Series Chambers - Legacy Design ...... 14 - 15 Microincubator System, DH-40i ...... 164 Series 20 Chambers ...... 16 - 40 Model TB-3 CCD Thermal Insert for Prior Nano Z Stage ...... 165 Series 30 Chambers ...... 41 - 44 Open Perfusion Microincubator, PDMI-2 ...... 166 CV-30 CytoViva™ Environmental Chamber ...... 45 Patch Slice Microincubator, PSMI...... 167 Culture Dish Inserts ...... 46 - 49 Model TB-3 CS Thermal Insert for Prior Nano Z Stage ...... 168 Series 40 Chambers Heated Platform for Chambered Slides, CSH-1 ...... 169 Quick Change Coverslip Bottom Imaging Chambers ...... 50 Microscope Stage Incubator, CSMI ...... 170 Low Profile Chambers ...... 51 Accessories for PDMI-2, PSMI, CSMI & Leiden Chambers ...... 171 High Profile and Closed Bath Chambers ...... 52 Culture Dish Platforms ...... 172 - 174 Slotted Bath Low Profile Chambers ...... 53 Accessories for Warner Micro-Incubation Chambers ...... 175 Perfusion Chamber with Field Stimulation ...... 54 Superfusion- Brain/Tissue Slice Chamber System...... 176 - 178 Series 50 Chambers for Transepithelial Studies ...... 55 - 56 PFC-1 ProFlow Shear Flow Chamber ...... 57 Electrophysiology Equipment Section 179 YC-1 Flow Chamber for Yeast Cells ...... 58 Patch Clamp Equipment ...... 180 - 183 Culture Dish Platforms Bilayer Workstation Classic Series 20 Platforms...... 59 Complete Bilayer Workstation ...... 184 PM Series Heated Platforms with Magnetic Clamps ...... 60 - 61 Bilayer Workstation Component List ...... 185 Platform Accessories, Interface Cables, Thermistors...... 62 Bilayer Clamp Amplifier, BC-535 ...... 186 - 187 Magnetic Clamp Kit for Series 20 Chambers, MCK-1 ...... 63 Faraday Cages, FC Series ...... 188 Series 20 & 30 Stage Adapters ...... 69 Bilayer Chambers and Cuvettes, BCH-M13 & BCH-M22 ...... 189 Chamber Accessories Perfusion Model BCH-P Bilayer Chambers ...... 190 Coverslips ...... 70 BPS-2 & LPF-8 Perfusion System for Bilayer ...... 191 Slice Anchors for Series 20 and 40 Chambers ...... 71 LPF-8 Bessel Filter ...... 191 Slice anchors ...... 72 SUNStir-3 (SUNStir controller, SUN-1 lamp and and SPIN-2 stirplate) ...... 192 - 193 Slice Support with Nylon Grid ...... 72 RAC-14 Instrument Rack ...... 194 Nylon Mesh Kit ...... 72 BLM Starter Kit ...... 194 Replacement Suction and Perfusion Tubes ...... 73 HST-1 MBB Head Stage Holder ...... 194 Agar Bridge Reference Electrode Kit ...... 74 BLM-TC Bilayer Thermocyler...... 195 Mini Magnetic Clamps ...... 74 On Site Setup and Training ...... 195 PE (Polyethylene) Tubing ...... 75 Variable Channel, Model CM-3 ...... 196 Silicone Grease Kit ...... 75 Fixed Channel, Model CM-3 ...... 196 Suction Tube Upgrade Kit for Series 20 ...... 75 Stereo Zoom Microscope ...... 197 Model MDA-1 Petri Dish Adapter with Clamp...... 76 Power Line Conditioner ...... 197 Model MSC-1 Magnet Spring Clamp Set...... 76 Aquisition Hardware and Software ...... 198 Oocyte Clamps Amplifiers ...... 199 - 204 Perfusion/Microfluidics Section 77 Amplifiers Syringe Pumps Intracellular Electrometer ...... 205 - 207 Pump 11 Elite ...... 78 - 79 Differential Amplifiers ...... 208 - 210 PHD ULTRA™ Advanced Syringe Pump...... 80 - 83 Low Pass Filters ...... 211 - 212 PHYSIO 22 - Low EF Syringe Pump for Physiolgical Experiments ...... 84 Ussing/Diffusion Peristaltic Pumps ...... 85 - 87 Ussing Systems Introduction ...... 213 - 215 Valve Control Systems U9500 & U2520 Ussing Chambers ...... 216 - 218 Pressurized Perfusion Kits VPP6 and VPP8...... 88 Self-Contained Ussing Chambers, U9926 & U2500 ...... 219 - 220 VC-8M, VC-8MLT, VC-8 & VC-8T Valve Control Systems ...... 89 Navicyte Diffusion and Ussing Systems ...... 221 - 227 VC-6 & VC-6M Valve Control Systems ...... 90 - 91 EasyMount Vertical Diffusion/Ussing Chamber Systems...... 228 - 229 VT-8 Valve Timer ...... 92 Epithelial Voltage Clamps, EC-800, EC-800LV & EC825A ...... 230 - 231 Valve Control Systems Parts and Accessories ...... 93 Multi-Channel Epithelial Voltage Clamps, VCC-MC ...... 232 - 233 Fast-Step Systems ...... 94 - 96 Single Channel Epithelial Voltage Clamp, VCC-600 ...... 234 Accessories Input Manifolds and Dummy Membranes, DM MC6, EP MC6, DM660 & DM ...... 235 Syringe Holders, MSH & SH ...... 97 Computer Controlled Multi-Clamp w/Software ...... 236 Constant Flow Syringes DN Series...... 98 Data Acquisition & Analysis System ...... 237 Gas Bubble Manifold, GBM10 & GBM60...... 99 HAI-118 Data Acquisition & Analysis System ...... 238 - 240 Tubing, connector Kits, Syringe Needles ...... 100 Vibration Isolation Manifolds and Control Hardware ML, MM, MP & MPP Series...... 101 BenchMate Series Vibration-Free Platforms ...... 241 Electrode/Manifold Holders MHH-25 & MHH-38 ...... 102 Vibralite Breadboards ...... 242 Vacuum/Solution Flow Valves FR-50 & FR-55S ...... 102 Series Labmate Tables...... 243 - 244 Gas Controllers ...... 103 - 104 High Performance Lab Tables ...... 245 - 246 Spill Sensor Systems...... 105 - 106 Stimulators...... 247 - 250 Neurolog™ System ...... 251 - 272 Temperature Control Section 107 Cell Biology Section 273 Controllers Chamber System Temperature Controllers - TC-324B & TC-344B ...... 108 - 109 Microinjection Bipolar Temperature Controller, CL-100 ...... 110 Introduction to Microinjection...... 274 Bipolar Temperature Controller CL-200...... 111 PLI-10...... 275 Model LCS-1 Liquid Cooling Systems...... 112 PLI-100 ...... 276 - 277 Bipolar Temperature Controller, TC-202A ...... 113 PLI-100A ...... 278 - 279 Temperature Controller, TC-124A ...... 114 PLI-90...... 280 Dual Temperature Controller, TC-144 ...... 115 PLI Injector Accessories ...... 281 Warmed Platforms, WP-10 & WP-16 ...... 116 PLS-1 Pico Injection/ Micromanipulation System ...... 282 In-Line Solution Heaters ...... 117 - 120 Air-1 Ultra Low Noise Air Compressor ...... 283 BH-2 Neurophore ...... 284 - 288 Other Cooler/Warmers...... 121 - 122 Nanoject II/Auto Nanoliter Injector ...... 289 Syringe Warmers ...... 123 - 126 Screw-Actuated Air Syringes ...... 290 Accessories for Temperature Control Products...... 127 - 129 Screw-Actuated Micrometer Driven Hamilton Syringe ...... 290 PM-8 & PM-4Multi-Port Pneumatic Injection System 4/8-Channel ...... 291 - 292 Micro-Incubation Section 131 Micropositioning Okolab Microscope Incubators Micromanipulator Selection Guide ...... 293 - 294 Okolab Microscope Incubators ...... 132 - 141 Standard Manual Control Manipulators...... 295 Cryo-Water-Jacketed CO2 Microscope Stage Incubator...... 142 - 147 Dovetail Micromanipulators ...... 296 CO2 Microscope Cage Incubator ...... 148 - 158 SM-3 New High Resolutin Motorized Micromanipulator ...... 297 2 Stardard Motorized Control Manipulators ...... 298 Control Units for Motorized Manipulators ...... 299 Table of Contentswarner instruments

Joystick Manipulator...... 300 Ultraprecise Micromanipulators ...... 301 Imaging and Recording Chambers Microdrive Controller Type 864...... 302 Chambers for live cell microscopy, Series 20, 30, 40, DC Microdrive Controller Type 864/1 ...... 303 DC Microdrive Controller Type 864/2 ...... 303 and 50. Culture Dish Inserts, Heated Platforms, Magnetic Bases...... 304 Stage Adapters and Chamber Accessories Microelectrode Holders Chambers E Series Electrode Holders ...... 305 - 310 Q Series Electrode Holders ...... 311 - 315 ME Series Electrode Holders...... 316 - 137 Perfusion/Microfluidics PE Series Electrode Holders ...... 318 PE30W series holders 15 new models for patch perfusion ...... 319 Syringe & Peristaltic Pumps, Valve Control Systems, MP Series Electrode Holders ...... 320 Pressurized Perfusion, Fast-Step Perfusion Systems, MHH-25 & MHH-38 Holders...... 321 Theta Glass Electrode Holders ...... 321 Gas Controllers, Spill Detection Systems & Accessories Perfusion/

THP Pressurized Holder for Theta Glass...... 322 Microfluidics Electrode Holders Replacement Parts...... 323 Capillary Glass ...... 324 - 330 Pipette Pullers...... 331 - 333 Temperature Control MF-5 & MG-5 Microforge-Grinding Center...... 334 Low Noise Temperature Controllers, In-Line Solution EMS Automatic Oscillating Tissue Slicer (OTS 5000)...... 335 - 336 Heaters and Coolers, Objective and Syringe Warmers,

Microscopy Section 339 Thermistors, Cables, and Accessories Control

Microscopes ...... Temperature Model Z850 Stereo Zoom Microscope Series...... 338 - 341 3025 Series Compound Microscope ...... 342 3032PH Inverted Phase Contrast Microscope ...... 343 Micro-Incubation Cameras ...... Heated Culture Dish Platforms for 35 and 50 mm ProgRes Digital Microscope Cameras ...... 344 - 348 Dishes, Heated Platform for Chambered Slides, CO XYClone ...... 349 - 352 2 Illuminators Microscope Cage and Stage Incubators, Glass Bottom Micro- Intralux 5100 Fiber optic Cold Halogen Light Sources ...... 353 Cell Culture Dishes, Brain Slice Chamber System Incubation V-Lux 1000 Fiber Optic Cold Light Source...... 354 NCL 150 Fiber optic Cold Light Source ...... 354 IntraLED 2020 Fiber optic Cold Light Source ...... 355 Electrophysiology Equipment Light Source Filters ...... 355 Spare Lamps and Power Cords ...... 356 Patch Clamp Equipment, Bilayer Workstation, Ring Light & Adapters ...... 356 - 360 Oocyte Clamps, Amplifiers, Low Pass Filters, Gooseneck Lightguides and Filters ...... 361 - 362 ™ Electro-

Neurolog System, Ussing/Diffusion, Stimulators Equipment

Articulating Arm with Heavy Steel Base ...... 363 physiology

Modular Accessory System...... 363 Electrophysiology Glass Light Fiber Backlights ...... 364 Brightfield/Darkfield Base...... 364 Coverglass ...... 365 Cell Biology Tools Biosensing Section 367 Microinjection, Micropositioning, Tissue Sampling, Nitric Oxide ...... 368 - 372 Microelectrode Holders, Capillary Glass, Pipette Pullers Dissolved Oxgyen Meter and Electrodes ...... 373 - 374 Respirometry Systems...... 375 - 383 Cell Biology Electrodes ...... 384 - 395 Electroporation Section 399 Microscopy Decision Guide ...... 398 Stereo Zoom Microscopes, Microscope Cameras, Cross Over Guide ...... 399 Cold Light Sources, LED and Halogen, Fiber Optic Ring Optimization Guide...... 400 - 401 Lights and Light Guides, Laser Systems, Coverslips Generators ECM® 399 & PEP ...... 402 Microscopy ECM® 630 ...... 403 ECM® 830 ...... 404 Biosensing ECM® 2001 ...... 405 ECM® 830 High Throughput System ...... 406 Nitric Oxide Systems, Dissolved O2, Respirometry, ® ECM 630 High Throughput System ...... 407 Electrodes Generator Specifications ...... 408 - 409 Enhancer 3000...... 410 Cuvettes & Safety Stand...... 411 Biosensing BTXpress™ High Performance Electroporation Solutions ...... 412 - 413 Specialty Electrodes Genetrodes™...... 414 Electroporation Genepaddles™ ...... 415 BTX Electroporation, Electrofusion, Transfection, Tweezertrodes™ ...... 415 2 Needles Array™ ...... 416 Transformation Solutions, Pulse Generators for In Vivo Caliper Electrodes ...... 416 Electroporation Systems, High Throughput Electroporation, Flatpack Chambers ...... 417 Monitoring Systems and Specialty Electrodes

Flat Electrode...... 417 Electroporation Petri Pulser™ ...... 418 Petri Dish Electrode...... 418 Indexes Microslides ...... 419 Meander Fusion Chamber ...... 419 Warner Model Number Index Platinum Needle L-Shaped Electrode ...... 420 Ordering Number Index Petri Dish Platinum Electrode for Tissues...... 421 Product Index Petri Dish Platinum Electrode for Tissue Slices ...... 422 Indexes Warner Model Index 423 - 429 Order Number Index 430 - 438 Product Index 439 - 448 3 Technicalcustomer Support, Ordering, information Payment, Delivery, Terms and Conditions

Technical Support & Domestic Orders* Terms and Conditions Warner Instruments Return Policy 1125 Dixwell Avenue If unsatisfied with a product purchased from Harvard Hamden, CT 06514 USA Apparatus you may return the item for credit or replacement. You must contact us within thirty days of phone 800.599.4203 (toll-free) receipt of your shipment to obtain a Return Authorization Number and 203.776.0664 instructions to facilitate the return process. All returned products are fax 203.776.1278 subject to inspection and approval by Harvard Apparatus prior to issuing e-mail [email protected] credit or replacement. Products must be in original manufacturer’s website www.warneronline.com packaging and include all instructions, manuals, and inserts. Products returned in new condition will be charged a 15% restocking fee or a minimum of $30.00. Products not in saleable condition will be returned Domestic Orders* to the customer or assessed a refurbishment fee. Harvard Apparatus Harvard Apparatus will provide full credit for the following: 84 October Hill Road 1. Items not supplied in accordance with your order. Holliston, MA 01746-1388 USA 2. Items that are defective at the time of receipt.

phone 800.272.2775 (toll-free) Returns not acceptable for credit include: 508.893.8999 1. Items that have been customized fax 508.429.5732 2. Items that are outdated, shelf-worn, damaged, or used and therefore unsuitable for return to stock e-mail [email protected] for resale website www.harvardapparatus.com 3. Chemicals or sterile items that have been opened * See inside back cover for distributors outside of the United States. 4. Product(s) that have been exposed to harmful, toxic or hazardous substances Payment Options Repairs Purchase Order If your product is out of warranty but requires repair, you Terms are net 30 for customers with must contact Harvard Apparatus and obtain a Return pre-approved credit. Authorization Number and instructions to facilitate the Credit Card return process. All repairs are subject to the following: Visa, MasterCard, American Express and Discover 1. Repair orders charged on a time and materials basis are accepted. 2. $150 per hour for labor with a $150 minimum Prepayment labor charge To prepay, send check or money order with your purchase 3. All repairs are performed on a first in/first out order. Call Harvard Apparatus customer service in advance for basis, only after receipt of a valid purchase order exact shipping charges or include your UPS or FedEx account 4. Estimates available upon request number. All checks should be made payable to Harvard 5. Some older products may not be repairable due Apparatus, in U.S. Dollars and drawn on a U.S. bank. to component obsolescence

Delivery Options Minimum Orders We appreciate all orders and therefore have no minimum order Shipping requirement, however, a small handling fee of $10 will be added to Shipping charges are added to your invoice. Orders orders below $75. ship UPS Ground service unless otherwise requested. FOB Hamden, CT 06514

© Copyright Harvard Apparatus. No part of this catalog may be reproduced in any form, by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying or otherwise) without prior written permission of Harvard Apparatus. Harvard Apparatus reserves the right to discontinue any product in this catalog at any time without prior notice. Not responsible for typographical errors relative to sizes, descriptions and/or pricing. Note: Products in this catalog are for Research Use Only. Not for use on humans unless proper investigational device regulations have been followed. 4 All Prices subject to change without notice. Prices are quoted in US dollars only, and are for shipment and use within the US only. Prices listed do not include shipping charges. Shipping charges are prepaid and added to invoice at time of shipment. anrInstruments Warner Ussing/Diffusion Filters Pass Low Electrometers Intracellular Clamps and Systems Oocyte Workstation Bilayer Clamps Patch Section A-1 aaAqiiin&Aayi ytm28-240 - 238 System Analysis 236 & Acquisition Data HAI-118 System Analysis & Acquisition Data w/Software Multi-Clamp Controlled Computer Membranes Dummy and 234 Manifolds VCC-600 Clamp, Voltage Epithelial Channel Single VCC-MC Clamps, Voltage Epithelial Multi-Channel EC825A & EC-800LV EC-800, Clamps Voltage Epithelial Systems Chamber Ussing Systems Diffusion Navicyte U2500 & U9926 Chambers Ussing Self-Contained Chambers Ussing U2520 & U9500 Systems Ussing to Introduction HiZ-223 Amplifier, Differential Electrometer/ Intracellular IE-251A Amplifers, Differential IE-210 Electrometer, Intracellular Software and Hardware Acquisition Conditioner Line Power Microscope Zoom Stereo CM-1 Stimulator, Channel Fixed CM-3 Stimulator, Channel Variable Training and Setup Site On Thermocyler Bilayer BLM-TC MBB & HST-1 Holder, Stage Head Kit Starter BLM RAC-14 Rack, Instrument 191 stirplate) SPIN-2 and lamp SUN-1 Controller, (SUNStir SUNStir-3 Filter Bessel LPF-8 LPF-8 & BPS-2 Bilayer, for System Perfusion BCH-P Chambers, Bilayer Perfusion BCH-M22 & BCH-M13 Cuvettes and Chambers Bilayer Table and Cage Faraday BC-535 Clamp, Bilayer List Component Workstation Bilayer Workstation Bilayer Complete MM6 PM6 M6 n MInput DM and DM660 MC6, EP MC6, DM Diffusion/ Vertical EasyMount hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • electrophysiology aeNo. Page 3 231 - 230 229 - 228 218 - 216 209 - 208 207 - 205 193 - 192 187 - 186 3 233 - 232 227 - 221 220 - 219 215 - 213 212 - 211 204 - 199 183 - 180 198 210 196 196 194 194 191 190 189 188 185 237 235 197 197 195 195 194 184 Neurolog Stimulators Isolation Vibration ihPromneLbTables Lab Performance 241 High Tables Labmate Series Breadboards Vibralite Platforms Vibration-Free Series BenchMate ™ System tmlsIoainUnit, Isolation Stimulus oeBse Filter, Bessel Pole 8 oyeClamp, Oocyte ac Clamp, Patch e ae211 page see e ae201 page see e ae180 page see e ae247 page see e ae184 page see Workstation, Bilayer e ae219 page see System, Ussing 207 page see Electrometer, Intracellular www.warneronline.com 5 272 - 251 4 250 - 247 4 246 - 245 244 - 243 242 179 ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment PC-505B patch clamp Patch Clamp

The lowest noise, switchable, resistive-feedback patch clamp amplifier currently available

• Lowest noise — approaching theoretical limit Operating Modes • Calibrated Cap Comp and Series R circuitry The PC-505B has three modes of operation: voltage clamp, zero current • % Compensation circuitry clamp, and current clamp. • Independent V hold and I hold controls V Clamp In voltage clamp mode, the input range is ±1 V. Active commands (V hold, physiology • Zap safety switch Electro- junction and auto zero, test pulse, zap) and external inputs are scaled and • LED meter summed at the headstage input. Capacity compensation and speed test • 3 year warranty are also active. Io The PC-505B is the lowest noise, switchable, resistive-feedback patch

ac clamp patch Zero current is essentially a standby mode used to preset voltage hold or clamp amplifier available. This model also has features of particular current hold levels before switching to voltage or current clamp. All interest to those doing whole cell studies. The slow capacitance commands are inactive with the exception of junction zero which, in this compensation circuitry has been combined into a single control and case, functions as an offset control for the electrode and tip potentials allows direct measurement of membrane capacitance. The companion associated with the pipette. Series R control displays the access resistance and the new % correction circuit compensates up to 90% of the access resistance. These and other I Clamp features make the PC-505B an extremely capable amplifier. Current clamp mode clamps the cell to a current level determined by the current hold setting and any external commands. Capacitance Switching Headstages compensation is inactive in this mode. Two selectable feedback resistors in the headstages permit single Commands channel and whole cell recording on the same cell. A 50 GΩ resistor is used in both switching models for low noise single channel recording Voltage and current commands applied to the cell include: voltage and with currents to 200 pA. current hold, junction and auto zero, test pulse, speed test, and zap. V & I Hold LC-201B Headstage (50 GΩ/500 MΩ) This headstage with 500 MΩ feedback resistor will handle whole cell Holding potentials and currents are set with separate controls eliminating currents up to 20 nA. the need to reset levels when switching between voltage and current clamp modes. HC-202B Headstage (50 GΩ/50 MΩ) For larger whole cell currents, the 50 MΩ resistor in this headstage Junction & Auto Zero permits currents up to 200 nA. Adjusting for offset potentials is performed with either the manual Bilayer Headstage junction zero control or with auto zero. The offset potential is read on the W4-205B Bilayer Headstage (50 GΩ/500 MΩ modified) meter or at the Vc x10 output. The 50 G resistor headstage is modified for artificial bilayer Ω Test Pulse & Speed Test capacitances up to 250 pF. Test Pulse and Speed Test are internally generated 50/60 Hz signals. Headstage Resistor Selection Test pulse is attenuated by the command sensitivity and is useful for Headstage feedback resistance is dynamically switched at the amplifier monitoring the formation of a gigaseal. The speed test signal is applied to front panel. LED’s indicate resistor selection and the corresponding the headstage input to allow for tuning the headstage response. A rear multiplying factor applied to the current gain [Im] switch setting. panel speed test switch allows for an external signal to be used.

180 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com PC-505B patch clamp Patch Clamp (continued)

Zap Specifications (continued) Variable duration pulse used to rupture the cell membrane for whole cell Fast Capacitance Compensation (Voltage Mode): recording. C Fast 1 0.1 to 1.75 µsec, 0 to 5 pF C Fast 2 0.33 to 8.5 µsec, 0 to 15 pF Signals applied to the command input are attenuated at one of three Whole Cell Compensation: levels with the command sensitivity selector. C Slow 0-100 pF with 10 turn control Capacitance & Resistance Compensation: Series R 0-10 MΩ with 10 turn control Fast Compensation % Correction 0-90% of Series R Leak Subtraction 50 GΩ Headstage Resistor ∞ to 50 GΩ Stray capacitance between the input and electrode resistance is 500 MΩ Headstage Resistor ∞ to 500 MΩ compensated with two pair of controls, C-Fast 1 and C-Fast 2. Amplitude 50 MΩ Headstage Resistor ∞ to 50 MΩ and time constant of each pair is independently adjustable. Whole cell Front Panel Outputs: Im (membrane current), selected in the range of: Gains of 0.05 to 10 mV/pA with 50 MΩ headstage resistor capacitance compensation is adjusted with the single control, C-Slow. Gains of 0.5 to 100 mV/pA with 500 MΩ headstage resistor Gains of 5 to 1000 mV/pA with 50 G headstage resistor Membrane capacitance is read from the C-Slow calibrated dial. The Ω Vc x10 Summation of all commands amplified by 10 companion Series R control is used in conjunction with the C-Slow and its Vm x10 Membrane voltage amplified by 10 calibrated dial provides a reading of the access resistance. C-Slow may Im Low-Pass Filter 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20 kHz and Bypass be disabled to view the uncompensated signal. The % Correction control (4-Pole Bessel)

1 is used to increase the command signal to compensate for the voltage Panel Meter: 3 ⁄2 Digit LED reads (full scale): drop across the access (Series R) resistance. Correction is adjustable up Junction Zero ±199.9 mV to 90%. Vc + h In Sum of all commands and V Hold, ±199.9 mV Vc Sum of all commands, ±199.9 mV Outputs Vm Membrane voltage (current clamp mode) ±199.9 mV Signals at the Im output are filtered at the selected cutoff frequency set Im Membrane current, ±1999 pA with the 4-pole Bessel filter. Selecting Bypass presents the full bandwidth RMS Noise 1.999 pA signal to the Im output. Filtered and unfiltered Im output is also available Rear Panel Outputs: at the instrument rear panel. Additional outputs are the membrane voltage Gain Telegraph From 0.5 to 7.0 V in 0.5 V steps.* Vm x10 and the sum of the voltage commands Vc x10, both at x10 gain. Filter Telegraphs From 0.2 to 2.0 V in 0.2 V steps.* Im/Vm Telegraph Logic levels, V-Clamp=1, I-Clamp=0 Electro-

Voltammetry with PC-505B Equipment Sync Out Signal for synchronizing an oscilloscope to internal test physiology

PC-505B functions as an excellent low-noise potentiostat for voltammetric Electrophysiology Power Requirements 110 to 130 or 220 to 250 VAC, 50/60 Hz , 15 VA and other electrochemical measurements. In this mode, the V hold Physical Dimensions: (electrode potential) is increased to a maximum of ±1 volt and the Main Unit 8.9 x 43.2 x 30.5 cm, H x W x D maximum external command signal to ±2 volts at electrode or sensor. Headstage 1.9 x 3.5 x 5.7 cm, H x W x L, with 1.8 m cable Mounting Rod 6.3 mm D x 6.3 cm cm L Shipping Weight 11.4 kg Specifications patch clamp Headstages: Warranty Three years, parts and labor * Compatible with Axon pClamp and Heka PatchMaster. LC-201B Headstage (50 GΩ/500 MΩ) Single channel currents to 200 pA, whole cell currents to 20 nA.

HC-202B Headstage (50 GΩ/50 MΩ) Single channel currents to 200 pA, whole cell currents to 200 nA. Order # Model Product Line operating voltage if other than 100-130 VAC. W6-205B Bilayer Headstage (50 GΩ/500 MΩ modified) For artificial bilayer capacitances up to 250 pF, currents to 20 nA. W4 64-0000 PC-505BLC Patch Clamp PC-505B with Noise (referred to input) LC-201B Headstage* Measured with an 8-pole Bessel filter, input open, 50 GΩ resistor: DC to 1 kHz 0.035 pA RMS W4 64-0001 PC-505BHC Patch Clamp PC-505B with DC to 5 kHz 0.150 pA RMS HC-202B Headstage* Bandwidth 25 kHz W4 64-0002 PC-505BHB Patch Clamp PC-505B with Voltage Clamp Commands: HB-205B Bilayer Headstage* Command In BNC ±10 V Max, AC or DC, applied to input * Supplied with model cell and rack mount hardware. Voltage Hold ±200 mV Max with 10-turn control Additional/Replacement Headstages Junction Zero ±100 mV Max with 10-turn control W4 64-0004 LC-201B 50 GΩ/500 MΩ Headstage Internal Test Pulse 1 V 50/60 Hz (line freq.) square wave W4 64-0005 HC-202B 50 G /50 M Headstage attenuated by Command Sensitivity Ω Ω W4 64-0006 HB-205B 50 G Headstage for Bilayer Command Sensitivity x0.1, x0.01, and x0.001 Ω Zap 1.0 V Pulse, adjustable duration from 0.1 to 10 msec Electrode Holders for PC-501A and PC-505B Current Clamp Commands: W4 64-0821 QSW-A10P Straight Holder 1.0 mm glass OD Command In ±1000 pA max with Command Sensitivity @ x0.1 W4 64-0822 QSW-A12P Straight Holder 1.2 mm glass OD ±100 pA max with Command Sensitivity @ x0.01 W4 64-0823 QSW-A15P Straight Holder 1.5 mm glass OD ±10 pA max with Command Sensitivity @ x0.001 W4 64-0978 QSW-A17P Straight Holder 1.7 mm glass OD Current Hold ±1 nA with 10-turn control Internal Test Pulse 1 nA 100 Hz square wave through Command Sensitivity W4 64-0824 QSW-A20P Straight Holder 2.0 mm glass OD Command Sensitivity x 0.1, x 0.01, and x 0.001

Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com 181 Patch Clamp Equipment PC-501A patch clamp Patch Clamp

A workhorse patch clamp amplifier equally at home in research and teaching labs

• Independent V Hold and I Hold • I Clamp Mode: In current clamp mode, active commands are the

physiology current hold and any external command input signals, summed.

Electro- • Stability in Current Clamp with selection of three Clamp stability is enhanced with the selection of three clamp I Clamp response speeds speeds. • 4-Pole low-pass Bessel filter Compensation Controls • Internally generated test signals • Voltage Offsets (including junction potentials): are automatically • Zap circuit with variable duration compensated with the auto zero or manually with the junction ac clamp patch zero. • Capacity Compensation: Paired controls; fast (0-5 µsec), medium The PC-501A Patch Clamp is a “workhorse” equally at home in research (0-2 msec) and slow (0-20 msec) compensate the current transient and teaching labs. Most single channel and whole cell studies are easily caused by a step command signal. Each pair has a separate handled with this modestly priced instrument. control for amplitude and time constant. With a choice of four headstages, a wide range of patch, whole cell and • Series Resistance: Signal errors contributed by the electrode bilayer applications are covered. (access) resistance in whole cell recording are subtracted from the output with the series R comp control. The compensated Headstage Choices resistance (0-100 MΩ) is read from a 10-turn dial. Four resistive-feedback headstages are available for the PC-501A: • Leak Subtraction: Used to compensate leakage current due to the voltage drop across the seal (shunt) resistance. • 5101-10G (10 GΩ) headstage for recording single channel currents up to ±1 nA. Noise level measured at 1 kHz is 60 fA. Outputs/Signal Conditioning • 5101-01G (1 GΩ) headstage for whole cell studies with currents to The Im signal is bandwidth limited by a 4-pole Bessel filter with six frequency ±10 nA. cut-offs and can be bypassed to obtain the full 10 kHz bandwidth. Gain is • 5101-100M (100 MΩ) headstage for whole cell studies with selected with a 7 position switch and scaled to the headstage resistor. currents to ±100 nA. Additional outputs are Vm x 10 (membrane voltage at x10 gain) active in • 5101-10GB (10 G ) headstage modified for bilayer capacitances Ω current clamp mode and ∑Vc x 10 (the sum of all commands at x10 gain). up to 250 pF. Maximum current is ±1 nA. Rear panel outputs include; gain telegraph and sync output. Operating Modes Voltammetry with PC-501A/V • V Clamp Mode: Input is clamped to a maximum of ±1 V. A simple modification to the PC-501A makes it suitable for voltammetric Commands are the sum of the holding voltage and any external input signals. measurements. This includes increasing the holding voltage potential to ±1 V and the external voltage signal level to ±2 V maximum. Internal •Zero Current Mode: Bridges the voltage and current clamp modes. switches can be installed to allow switching between normal [patch] and All commands are inactive except the junction zero, which functions in this case as an offset control for the electrode and tip voltammetry operation. Contact our technical support department for details. potentials associated with the pipette.

182 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com Noise: oe eurmns10-3 A r2020VC 06 z 0VA Instruments 10 Hz, 50/60 VAC, Warner 220-240 or VAC -130 100 Requirements Power Outputs: Commands: Clamp Current Commands: Clamp Voltage Headstages: Specifications mOtu o asFle oeBse ih- Bfeunisa .,02 .,1 2, 1, 0.5, 0.2, 0.1, at frequencies dB -3 with Bessel pole 4 Filter Pass Low Output Im adjustable panel Front kHz. 10 to bandwidth Increases Boost Frequency High ac lm (continued) Clamp Patch PC-501A m(ebaecret ani dutbe nterneo:1 o10 Vp with mV/pA 1000 to 10 of: range the in adjustable, is Gain current) (membrane Im x0.1 @ Sensitivity Command with max. nA ±1.0 Input Command GΩ 10 With Headstage 5101-10G Im Vm 3 ∑ In h + Vc Meter Panel Im: to scaled voltage DC Telegraph Gain x10 Vm from Adjustable msec) (0-20 Slow msec), (0-2 Medium µsec), (0-5 Fast Subtract Leak Compensation dial digital turn 10 from read Capacity MΩ, 100 to Zero Resistance Series Zap control. turn 10 with mV ±100 between Adjustable Zero Junction x0.001. or x0.01 Hold x0.1, V by IN CMD Attenuates Sensitivity Command RMS pA 0.40 RMS pA 0.20 RMS pA 0.06 kHz 10 to DC kHz 5 to DC kHz 1 to DC MΩ 100 With Headstage 5101-100M GΩ 1 With Headstage 5101-01G omn nu ple otg teutdb omn Sensitivity, Command by attenuated voltage Applied Input Command upt(erpnl rm30t . ot o 0GΩ 10 for Volts 4.2 to 3.0 From panel) (rear Output electrode the at amplitude wave, square Hz 100 Pulse Test x10 c V constant time and amplitude with ranges Three Compensation 111G edtg ih1 GΩ 10 With Headstage 5101-10GB Vc esrdwt n8pl eslfle n 0GΩ 10 and filter Bessel 8-pole an with Measured u falCmad,±9. mV ±199.9 Commands, all of Sum open. input headstage, nA ±1 is current Maximum pF 250 nA* ±0.8 current maximum ebaeCret 19 pA ±1999 Current, Membrane mV ±199.9 mode) clamp (current voltage Membrane mV ±199.9 Hold, V and commands all of Sum software.* acquisition with Compatible 10 x Voltage Membrane 10 x R) Series and MΩ 100 with mV/pA 10 to 0.1 bandwidth kHz 10 full allows Bypass 5kHz. and headstage GΩ x0.001 @ Sensitivity Command with max. pA ±10 msec 10 to 0.1 from adjustable duration with pulse V 1.5 x0.001 @ mV 1.0 x0.01 @ mV 10 x0.1 @ mV 100 Sensitivity; Command on dependent control. turn 10 with mV ±200 to zero from Adjustable V ±10 input Max GΩ 1 for Test Speed with 10p a.wt omn estvt x0.01 @ Sensitivity Command with max. pA ±100 0GΩ 10 u falcmad V h ucinZr,At Zero Auto Zero, Junction +h, (Vc commands all of Sum rm16t . ot o GΩ 1 for Volts 2.8 to 1.6 From rm02t . ot o 0 MΩ 100 for Volts 1.4 to 0.2 From 1 ⁄ 2 hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • ii C rvdsD raeaeraotof: readout average or DC provides LCD digit o GΩ 1 for edtg o10m/Awt GΩ 1 with mV/pA 100 to 1 headstage eitrfrwoecl urnst 8nA* ±8 to currents cell whole for resistor eitrfrsnl hne recording, channel single for resistor oiidfrblyrcpctne pto up capacitances bilayer for modified headstage, eitrfrwoecl urnst 8 nA* ±80 to currents cell whole for resistor ∞ o1 GΩ 10 to ∞ n 0GΩ 10 and o10MΩ 100 to o 0GΩ 10 for headstage edtg,02Vsteps V 0.2 headstage, edtg,02Vsteps V 0.2 headstage, edtg,02Vsteps V 0.2 headstage, headstages o 0 MΩ 100 for headstage, headstage ∞ o1 to 464-0021 W4 re oe Product Model 64-0007 W4 # Order lbs) (25.1 kg 11.4 Warranty Weight Shipping Dimensions: Physical (continued) Specifications 464-0018 W4 Accessories Optional 64-0016 W4 64-0015 W4 64-0014 W4 Headstages Additional/Replacement 64-0824 W4 64-0978 W4 64-0823 W4 64-0822 W4 64-0821 W4 PC-505B and PC-501A VAC. for 100-130 Holders than Electrode other if voltage operating line specify Also, purchased be must Holder Electrode hardware. mount rack with Supplied 464-0010 W4 464-0020 W4 64-0019 W4 64-0013 W4 64-0012 W4 eaaeybsdo orgasotrdiameter. outer glass your on based separately 464-0009 W4 64-0008 W4 464-0017 W4 uptvl aiu 8V/Rf maximum volt Output * *MlclrDvcsplm n eaPatchMaster. Heka and pClamp Devices Molecular ** ac clamp patch edtg . . . m ,wt . ogcable long m 1.8 with L, x W x H cm, 2.5 x 2.9 D x x 5.7 W x H cm, 25.4 x Rod 43.2 Mounting x 13.3 Headstage Unit Control eahbe62m i . mL cm 6.3 x dia mm 6.2 Detachable C1G oe elfr50-0B(0GΩ) (10 5101-10GB for Cell Model MC-10GB C51/0PthCapP-0Awith PC-501A Clamp Patch PC-501A/10 C1GMdlCl o 111G(0GΩ) (10 5101-10G for Cell Model MC-10G MΩ 100 with Headstage GΩ 1 with Headstage GΩ 10 5101-100M with Headstage 5101-01G 5101-10G OD glass mm 2.0 Holder Straight OD glass mm 1.7 Holder Straight OD QSW-A20P glass mm 1.5 Holder Straight OD QSW-A17P glass mm 1.2 Holder Straight OD QSW-A15P glass mm 1.0 Holder Straight QSW-A12P QSW-A10P C51/0 ac lm C51 with PC-501A Clamp Patch PC-501A/10B C10 oe elfr5101-100M for Cell Model GΩ) (1 5101-01G for Cell Model MC-100M MC-01G for PC-501A Clamp Patch PC-501AV/8 for PC-501A Clamp Patch PC-501AV/9 C51/ ac lm C51 with PC-501A Clamp Patch with PC-501A PC-501A/8 Clamp Patch PC-501A/9 111G edtg ih1 GΩ 10 with Headstage 5101-10GB he er,prs&labor & parts years, Three 1110 edtg 10MΩ) (100 Headstage 5101-100M GΩ) (1 Headstage 5101-01G GΩ) (10 Headstage 5101-10G iae Headstage Bilayer Headstage MΩ) (100 Headstage Headstage Bilayer for MΩ) (100 Headstage GΩ) (1 Headstage Headstage Bilayer 5101-10GB otmer ih5101-100M with Voltammetry 5101-01G with Voltammetry www.warneronline.com Resistor Resistor Resistor Resistor 183 PC-501A patch clamppatchElectrophysiology clampElectro- physiologyEquipment Bilayer Workstationbilayer workstation The Planar Lipid Bilayer Workstation

The tool for measuring pico- to nano-scale charge currents across a lipid membrane

The Planar Lipid Bilayer (BLM) Workstation from Warner Instruments integrates every significant component required for the use of a working BLM rig. This unique device allows the user to quickly get up to speed in performing research using this powerful technology. physiology Electro-

• Integrated instrumentation for Planar Lipid Bilayer recording The BLM Workstation is comprised of an FC Series Faraday cage, a • Simple and integrated design BenchMate vibration isolation table from Kinetic Systems, our BC-535 iae workstation bilayer bilayer clamp amplifier and LPF-8 8-pole Bessel filter, a SUN-1 halogen • Complete System lamp, a SPIN-2 bilayer stirplate, the SUNStir integrated controller (for the • Optional power line conditioning stirrer and lamp), and the BPS-2 perfusion system. The HST-1 headstage • Popular data acquisition packages holder with magnetic base rounds out the package. Also included is a • Available on-site setup and training RAC-14 table top rack and the BLM-ST starter kit which includes a red sable artist dotting brush, glass capillary tubing for lipid application, BNC’s and grounding cables, spare stirbars for bilayer cups and chambers, and rubber matting for traction control of the bilayer chamber. Vibration Bilayer Clamp Isolation Table Amplifier Optional components include the BLM-TC Bilayer Thermocycler, the ON-750 power line conditioner and a stereo zoom microscope for 8-Pole Faraday Cage Bessel Filter viewing the membrane. We also supply accessories useful for bilayer work. These include the CM-3 (variable) and CM-1 (fixed value) single channel simulators. BLM Starter Kit (Cables, Glass, Additional items required for a complete Workstation Perfusion System Tubing and include our popular BCH-13A or BCH-22A bilayer Planar Lipid Brushes) cups and chambers, acquisition hardware/software Bilayer and a computer. The BLM workstation supports the use of either pClamp Instrument Workstation Headstage Holder (Molecular Devices, Union City, CA) or PatchMaster (HEKA Rack Instruments, Bellmore NY) for data acquisition. You may purchase your acquisition system directly from the vendor or

Integrated from us at no additional charge (Technical support and Controller for Bilayer Stirplate warranty are through the manufacturer). Stirplate The complete system from Warner includes everything you need and Lamp Data Low Temperature, Acquisition (except the computer) to begin collecting data. Noise-Free System and Halogen Lamp Software

184 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com 464-0026 W4 464-0421 W4 64-0420 W4 64-0024 W4 anrInstruments Warner additional. are expenses Travel minimum. day 2 a with day per is Price Note: 64-1803 W4 64-0069 W4 64-0450 Product W4 Model 64-0083 W4 # Order Accessories Product Model 64-0436 W4 system) # the Order complete (to System Acquisition on Add h lnrLpdBlyrWrsain(continued) Workstation Bilayer Lipid Planar The Workstation Bilayer 464-0452A W4 l opnnsaalbesprtl.Pes otc our Department. contact Sales Please separately. available components All BLM-ST HST-1 RAC-14 BPS-2 LPF-8 BC-535 Cage FC-Series Includes System Product Model 64-0452P W4 # Order Information Ordering custo ytmaenee ocmlt h Workstation the complete to needed are system acquisition SUNStir-3 ucaeo iae u n hme,adadata a and chamber, and cup bilayer a of Purchase M3Snl hne Simulator, Channel Single CM-3 A-22x7m trasfr2 mm 22 for Stirbars mm 7 x 2 mm 13 for Stirbars MAG-22 mm 5 x 2 MAG-13 Simulator, Channel Single CM-1 80See omHrznal Mounted Horizontally Zoom Stereo conditioner line Power A 6.5 Z850 ON-750A Thermocycler Bilayer Training and BLM-TC Setup On-site OST-1* Digidata – Devices Molecular DIGI L-SABlyrWorkstation Bilayer BLM-WS-A L-SPBlyrWorkstation Bilayer BLM-WS-P ihSN1Lm n PN2Stirrer SPIN-2 and Lamp SUN-1 with iae tre Kit Starter Bilayer Base Magnetic with Holder Headstage Rack Instrument System Perfusion Bilayer Pass Low Pole, 8 Filter, Bessel Amplifier Clamp Bilayer Table Isolation Vibration with Cage Faraday ulFnto akMutbeController Mountable Rack Function Dual hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • hmesadCvte pg f5) of (pkg. Cuvettes and Chambers 5) of (pkg. Cuvettes and Chambers Stand Boom with Microscope Characteristics Fixed Characteristics Adjustable Day* Per Price Minimum. Day 2 40+plm 10 pClamp + 1440 iae workstation bilayer cieTable Active Table Passive u hme e B Set Chamber Cup 64-0414 W4 64-0415 W4 64-0416 W4 64-0408 W4 64-0409 W4 64-0410 W4 64-0402 W4 64-0403 W4 64-0404 W4 Cuvettes mm 13 Classic Product 64-0451 volume) W4 ml (1 Chamber Model mm 13 Classic # Order A Set Chamber Cup 464-0424 W4 Cups Bilayer Perfusion Product 64-0423 W4 volume) ml (1 Model Chamber Bilayer Perfusion # Order C Set Chamber Cup 64-0417 W4 64-0418 W4 64-0419 W4 64-0411 W4 64-0412 W4 64-0413 W4 64-0405 W4 64-0406 W4 64-0407 W4 Cuvettes mm 22 Classic Product 64-0453 volume) W4 ml (3 Chamber Model mm 22 Classic # Order 464-0429 W4 64-0428 W4 64-0427 W4 64-0426 W4 64-0425 W4 C-1 iae hme Icue Two (Includes Chamber Bilayer BCH-M13 C-2 iae hme Icue Two (Includes Chamber Bilayer BCH-M22 F3-5 oyufn ih20µ Aperture µm 250 with Polysulfone Aperture µm 200 with Polysulfone Aperture CF13A-250 µm 150 with Polysulfone CF13A-200 Aperture µm 250 with Delrin CF13A-150 Aperture µm 200 with Delrin CD13A-250 Aperture µm 150 with Delrin Aperture CD13A-200 µm 250 with Polystyrene Aperture CD13A-150 µm 200 with Polystyrene Aperture CP13A-250 µm 150 with Polystyrene CP13A-200 CP13A-150 PP10PlsyeePruinCpwith Cup Perfusion Polystyrene CP-P-150 Chamber Bilayer Perfusion BCH-P Aperture µm 250 with Polysulfone Aperture µm 200 with Polysulfone Aperture CF22A-250 µm 150 with Polysulfone CF22A-200 Aperture µm 250 with Delrin CF22A-150 Aperture µm 200 with Delrin CD22A-250 Aperture µm 150 with Delrin Aperture CD22A-200 µm 250 with Polystyrene Aperture CD22A-150 µm 200 with Polystyrene Aperture CP22A-250 µm 150 with Polystyrene CP22A-200 CP22A-150 DP20Dli efso u with Cup Perfusion Delrin with Cup Perfusion CD-P-250 Delrin with Cup Perfusion CD-P-200 Delrin with Cup Perfusion CD-P-150 Polystyrene with Cup Perfusion CP-P-250 Polystyrene CP-P-200 mSibrMagnets) Stirbar mm 5 x 2 5 mAperture µm 250 Aperture µm 200 Aperture µm 150 Aperture µm 250 Aperture µm 200 Aperture µm 150 Magnets) Stirbar mm 5 x 2 Two (Includes Magnets) Stirbar mm 7 x 2 www.warneronline.com 185 bilayer workstation ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment BC-535 bilayer workstation Bilayer Clamp Amplifier

The only amplifier specifically dedicated to research using the planar lipid bilayer

The BC-535 is the newest version of our popular bilayer clamp amplifier. Warner Instruments is the only company to supply an instrument specifically designed for research using planar lipid bilayer technology and this device forms an integral component of the BLM Workstation.

Major improvements in this model include: Audio Output physiology

Electro- • Reduced noise and wider bandwidth The BC-535 sports a VCO circuit providing auditory feedback during • Improved stability with gains to 1000 mV/pA membrane formation. This feature is selectable from the front panel and an internal speaker is included. An external speaker output is provided on • Digital hold potential the instrument rear panel. • AutoZero function Capacitance Test iae workstation bilayer • Digital readout of membrane capacitance This test circuit has been completely redesigned and is used to monitor • Multi-step 4-pole Bessel filter the formation of the bilayer membrane. A calibrated triangular waveform • Hold potentials to 1400 mV; currents to 20 nA is applied to the command input and the amplitude of the resulting square wave is proportional to the membrane capacitance. When selected, the Resistive Feedback Headstage membrane capacitance is read directly from the meter. The BC-535 sports an advanced, resistive feedback headstage which 4-Pole Bessel Filter provides high bandwidth and low noise recording. The switchable The filtering capacity if the instrument has been expanded to include a headstage resistance is automatically selected based on the gain selection. low pass, 4-pole Bessel filter ranging from 0.05 to 20 kHz in 1-2-5 steps. The low current mode provides up to 100 pA of current carrying capability, The internal filter can be bypassed allowing realization of the instrument’s while the high current mode provides up to 20 nA of current capacity! full 75 kHz bandwidth. Hold Control Capacitance Compensation The hold control for the BC-535 has been redesigned to function entirely Large capacitance transients are cancelled using both fast (0-10 µs) and within the digital domain. This unique approach allows the user to make slow (0-2 ms) controls. Each control provides separate adjustment of both holding potential adjustments in highly reproducible and discrete steps of amplitude and time constant. Maximum capacitance compensation is 1, 10, and 100 mV, up to ±400 mV. Hold potentials up to ±1000 mV or step 500 pF. sizes greater than 100 mV can be applied at the Command Input BNC’s I/O located on the front and rear panels of the instrument. Internal and external hold potentials sum for a possible total of 1400 mV. Input and output BNC’s have been duplicated or moved to the instrument rear panel except for those requiring user interaction. Front panel BNC’s AutoZero include Command Input, Vc x 10 and Im Output. Rear panel BNC’s include The large currents flowing through the low resistance aperture prior to the headstage connecter, Im Output, Cap Sync, Command In, and Gain bilayer formation saturates the amplifier input. Under these conditions, and Filter telegraphs. A speaker output is also available on the rear panel. junction potential offsets can be easily nullified by using the AutoZero function. Once armed, the AutoZero measures and compensates for any offset potentials within the conducting pathway. Traditional manual controls remain for making small corrections or for resetting the offset potential without re-activating the AutoZero cycle.

186 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com ucinzero Junction anrInstruments Warner D): x W x (H Dimensions Power Meter: Digital I/O: Headstage: Filter Gain electrode. command to applied wave Triangle Test Capacitance Commands: Input Bandwidth frequency Noise Specifications aaiyCmesto at(-0µ)adso 02m)wt dutetof adjustment with ms) (0-2 slow and µs) (0-10 Fast Compensation Capacity Audio iae lm mlfe (continued) Amplifier Clamp Bilayer BC-535 edtg . . . m(. . .5i. . connecting m 1.8 cable in.) 2.25 x 1.1 x (0.9 cm 5.8 x 2.8 x 2.3 Headstage Case Im scale Vc scale full full mV mV ±120 ±1999 Test Cap offset Junction LED digit 3.5 jack RCA Standard Speaker External 1000 or 100 10, by Attenuated V. ±10 to up input BNC compatible TTL setting Input gain Command amplifier by scaled current Membrane Out Cap Sync Cap setting gain 10 amplifier x by voltage scaled command Output current Applied Im Membrane Panel: 1000 Rear or 100 10, by Output Attenuated 10 V. x ±10 Vc to up input BNC Output Im Input Command Panel: Front current maximum nA 20 feedback, current megohm maximum 500 pA 100 feedback, Mode gigohm Current High 50 Mode Current Low Switching: maximum mV ±400 to steps mV 100 or 10 1, Digital; Hold Internal itrTlgahSepdD otg . o45Vi . tp o filter for steps V 0.5 in V 4.5 to 0.5 voltage DC Stepped gain for steps V 0.5 in Telegraph V Filter 5.5 to 0.5 voltage DC Stepped Telegraph Gain is voltage (applied V/V 10 input, external rear and Front In Command uoeoo aulajs.AtZr oku feature. lockout AutoZero adjust. manual or AutoZero Ct 0 z009p M .8p RMS pA 0.28 RMS pA 0.82 RMS pA 0.009 RMS pA 0.060 Input at pF 100 Hz 100 to DC kHz 1 to DC Input Open Range Frequency 2x2 m(. 65x1 in.) 10 x 16.5 x (3.5 cm 25 x 42 x 9 Hz 50/60 VAC, 220-240 or 100-125 scale full pA ±1999 scale full mV ±1999 bypass full bypass for V 0.0 mV/pF 1 to scaled capacitance membrane calculated Reports pF 500 compensation Maximum bandwidth amplifier 1-2-5 full in for kHz bypassed 20 or to steps, 0.05 from selectable Bessel 4-pole steps 1000 1-2-5 to in 0.5 mV/pA from selectable gain current Membrane wave triangle input with synchronized up meter from read capacitance membrane Derived output speaker external and speaker mV ±120 to Correction s. 1.5 time Cycle electrode) command the at 10/100/1000 by attenuated kHz 75 cutoff specified at filter Bessel 8-pole with Measured vial tI upt a yc(erpanel) (rear Sync Cap output. wave Im square at mV/pF) available (1 Calibrated pF. 1000 to mltd n iecntn o ahrange. each for constant time and amplitude Internal control. volume and switch off with VCO etnso .5t 0kz eerp au f50Vfor V 5.0 of value Telegraph kHz. 20 to 0.05 of settings of value Telegraphed mV/pA. 1000 to 0.5 of settings o19 pF 1999 to 0 hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • iae workstation bilayer re oe Product Model 64-0432 W4 # Order C55BlyrCapAmplifier Clamp Bilayer BC-535 www.warneronline.com 187 bilayer workstation ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment FC Seriesbilayer workstation Faraday Cages

A self-contained, tabletop Faraday cage with vibration isolation

The Faraday cage provides critical shielding of electromagnetic interference from outside sources and is an integral component of the Bilayer Workstation. FC Series Faraday cages from Warner include the vibration isolation table and are designed to optimize the user’s experience.

The Table The cage is shipped with a custom 16" x 19" table manufactured for Warner Instruments by Kinetic Systems, Inc. When installed, the table is entirely contained within the cage enclosure and this design successfully isolates the tabletop from external acoustic and mechanical noise sources. The table has a steel top allowing the attachment of magnetically coupled devices to its surface.

Specifications Dimensions (H x W x D) 25 x 22 x 18 in. Materials Aluminum with durable powder coat finish. Solid brass grounding block Design Electrically continuous cage with solid wall construction. Cage base accommodates 16" x 19" vibration isolation table (either automatic or manual support) manufactured by Kinetic Systems, Inc. Table

physiology top forms cage floor. Large panel doors with Electro- magnetic closures. Dual fan-fold front doors. Large panel doors on top and sides. Cage base has wing doors for access to vibration isolation table controls. Access ports on back panel for electrical connection to cage contents Table Specifications are supplied by Kinetic Systems, Inc.

iae workstation bilayer Contact our offices or Kinetic Systems for a copy of the table specifications • Convenient benchtop design Model: • Enclosed vibration isolation table FC-2 Faraday cage with automatic pneumatic vibration • Passive or active support mechanisms isolation table FC-1 Faraday cage with manual pneumatic vibration • Large access doors isolation table, includes hand pump • Magnetic closures FC-0 Faraday cage without vibration isolation table. This • Solid brass grounding block model has a shallow (1.5"), weighted base for improved access and stability in the absence of the • Durable powder coat finish enclosed table

Order # Model Product The Cage The Faraday cage is a critical component in the Bilayer Workstation since W4 64-0062 FC-0 Faraday Cage without Vibration Isolation Table it functions to shield the sensitive electronics contained therein from externally generated electrical interference. Without such, the ability to W4 64-0063 FC-1 Faraday Cage with Manual Vibration Isolation Table make single channel measurements would be mitigated. (Includes Hand Pump) FC Series cages from Warner are designed to be conveniently placed on a W4 64-0064 FC-2 Faraday Cage with Automatic sturdy workbench and are supplied with a choice of automatic or manual Vibration Isolation Table vibration isolation table. A version of the cage without a table is also (Requires Pressurized Air) available. W4 64-0081 KS-1 Vibration-Free Platform, 16 x 19 in, Manual Air, Large access doors allow entry into the cage from all sides and the fan- (Includes Hand Pump) fold front doors are designed to be placed out of the way when open. W4 64-0082 KS-2 Vibration-Free Platform, Doors along the base of each side allow access to table controls. There 16 x 19 in, Automatic Air are also ports on the rear panel for entry of electronic cabling into the cage enclosure.

188 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com BCH-M13 andbilayer BCH-M22 workstation Classic Bilayer Chambers and Cuvettes

The standard membrane support system

Since the pioneering work on black lipid membranes by Paul Mueller and co-workers in the early ‘60s, several generations of membrane biologists have exploited this model membrane for biophysical and reconstitution studies. The planar bilayer formed by painting lipids across a small aperture in a partition is one of the simplest techniques available to the novice and expert alike, and the cup/chamber system has been used to reconstitute and record the single-channel behavior of a wide variety of ion channel proteins from diverse tissues.

Bilayer Cuvettes Polystyrene has been a favored material for cuvettes for several years. The physical properties of this material make for a high quality membrane support. However, its poor resistance to organic solvents can lead to degradation of the aperture. Cuvettes have also been made from DeIrin (acetyl resin) and many users report good membrane formation as well as easier maintenance. It should be noted, however, that Delrin cuvettes do not work equally well in all applications and with all users. Warner Instruments now offers bilayer cups made from polysulfone. This material has many of the mechanical properties of polystyrene coupled with enhanced solvent resistance. The choice of material will depend on • Polystyrene, polysulfone or Delrin cuvettes your application. • Precision machined apertures of 150, 200 or 250 µm • cis and trans stirbar wells Order # Model Product Classic 13 mm Chamber (1 ml volume) • Stirbar included with each cup and chamber Electro- Equipment W4 64-0451 BCH-M13 Bilayer Chamber (Includes Two physiology • Viewing window Electrophysiology 2 x 5 mm Stirbar Magnets) • Shipments from stock Classic 13 mm Cuvettes The Basics W4 64-0404 CP13A-150 Polystyrene with 150 µm Aperture Classic design cups and chambers from Warner Instruments are designed W4 64-0403 CP13A-200 Polystyrene with 200 µm Aperture such that addition of equal volumes to the cis and trans sides results in a W4 64-0402 CP13A-250 Polystyrene with 250 µm Aperture balanced solution height, thus minimizing mechanical gradients across W4 64-0410 CD13A-150 Delrin with 150 µm Aperture the bilayer membrane. W4 64-0409 CD13A-200 Delrin with 200 µm Aperture bilayer workstation All cuvettes have a 0.5 mm well milled into their base to confine the W4 64-0408 CD13A-250 Delrin with 250 µm Aperture motion of stirbars and to reduce mechanical noise artifacts. A 2 x 5 mm or W4 64-0416 CF13A-150 Polysulfone with 150 µm Aperture 2 x 7 mm Teflon-coated stirbar is supplied with each cuvette. Standard W4 64-0415 CF13A-200 Polysulfone with 200 µm Aperture available aperture diameters are 150, 200 or 250 µm. Contact our offices W4 64-0414 CF13A-250 Polysulfone with 250 µm Aperture for custom aperture sizes. The wall thickness at the aperture is 250 µm. Classic 22 mm Chamber (3 ml volume) Bilayer Chambers W4 64-0453 BCH-M22 Bilayer Chamber (Includes Two Chambers are made from black Delrin and have a 0.5 mm recessed well 2 x 7 mm Stirbar Magnets) milled into the floor of the non-cup side to confine the motion of stirbars Classic 22 mm Cuvettes and to reduce mechanical noise artifacts. A 2 x 5 mm or 2 x 7 mm Teflon- W4 64-0407 CP22A-150 Polystyrene with 150 µm Aperture coated stirbar is supplied with each chamber. W4 64-0406 CP22A-200 Polystyrene with 200 µm Aperture Polyethylene centrifuge tubes (supplied) serve as intermediate wells for W4 64-0405 CP22A-250 Polystyrene with 250 µm Aperture electrical connections between the headstage electrodes and the cup or W4 64-0413 CD22A-150 Delrin with 150 µm Aperture chamber. Chambers include a nylon screw and rubber plug to secure the W4 64-0412 CD22A-200 Delrin with 200 µm Aperture cups during use. The classic model has a window for viewing the aperture W4 64-0411 CD22A-250 Delrin with 250 µm Aperture during membrane formation. W4 64-0419 CF22A-150 Polysulfone with 150 µm Aperture Classic Models BCH-M13 and BCH-M22 W4 64-0418 CF22A-200 Polysulfone with 200 µm Aperture Two classic models are offered: The BCH-M13 is a small volume chamber W4 64-0417 CF22A-250 Polysulfone with 250 µm Aperture 1 (1.0 ml) with a 13 mm ( ⁄2") diameter cuvette. The BCH-M22 is a larger 7 volume chamber with (3.0 ml) chamber with a 22 mm ( ⁄8") diameter cuvette.

Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com 189 BCH-P bilayer workstation Perfusion Bilayer Chamber

Helps minimize membrane breakage and maintains solution volume

Order # Model Product W4 64-0423 BCH-P Perfusion Bilayer Chamber Perfusion Bilayer Cups W4 64-0424 CP-P150 1 ml Polystyrene Perfusion Cup, 150 µm Aperture W4 64-0425 CP-P200 1 ml Polystyrene Perfusion Cup, 200 µm Aperture W4 64-0426 CP-P250 1 ml Polystyrene Perfusion Cup, 250 µm Aperture W4 64-0427 CD-P150 1 ml Delrin Perfusion Cup, 150 µm Aperture W4 64-0428 CD-P200 1 ml Delrin Perfusion Cup, 200 µm Aperture W4 64-0429 CD-P250 1 ml Delrin Perfusion Cup, 250 µm Aperture

Perfusion Design • Polystyrene or Delrin cuvettes • Precision machined apertures of 150, 200 or 250 µm

physiology • cis and trans stirbar wells Electro- • Stirbar included with each cup and chamber • Maintains fixed volume • Dedicated perfusion line ports • Unique aspiration shelf iae workstation bilayer

The Perfusion Bilayer Chamber is designed to simplify the exchange of solutions in both the cup and chamber. The BCH-P incorporates unique features which can improve your perfusion success rate. The design of the BCH-P has two features not found in our classic cup and chamber. First, ports have been permanently milled into both the chamber and cup body for attachment of perfusion lines. The input port is routed to the bottom of the cup (or chamber) while the output port collects solution from the top of the cup (or chamber). A second improvement is the incorporation of an aspiration shelf in both the cup and chamber. This shelf provides two advantages. First, the aspiration line can remain attached to the chamber without introducing noise artifacts into the bath. Second, the fixed height of the shelf, coupled with rapid aspiration of overflow solutions, helps maintain the working volume. Connection between your PE perfusion lines and the perfusion ports is conveniently made via standard 200 µl pipette tips. Alternatively, PE-90 tubing can be attached directly to the cup (or chamber) to minimize dead volume. The BCH-P chamber is machined from black Delrin and has a working volume of 1 ml. Cups are available in either white Delrin or polystyrene and have a working volume of 1 ml. Not compatible with BLM-TC Thermocycler.

190 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com BPS-2 andbilayer LPF-8 workstation Bilayer Perfusion System and 8-Pole Bessel Filter

An easy to use perfusion system that helps reduce One of the best membrane breakage

8-Pole Bessel Filter • 8-Pole low-pass Bessel filter with cutoff frequencies from 0.1 Hz to 20 kHz. • Differential amplifier gains to x200 • Frequency selection with single control • Input offset adjustment • Digital frequency readout • Rack mountable

The LPF-8 is the premier low-pass Bessel filter from Warner Instruments and provides superior control of analog signal filtering. This instrument incorporates both low-pass signal filtering and output gains from 1 to 200. Selectable dual signal inputs allow the instrument to be configured to operate in normal, inverted or differential modes.

BPS-2 Bilayer Electro- Equipment Perfusion System This instrument features optically encoded circuitry which permits frequency physiology Electrophysiology selection with a single control. Since the set frequency control is not a physical part of the filtering circuit, adjustments to the instrument do not Bilayer Perfusion System introduce noise artifacts into the output signal. This unique design uses no mechanical switching and ensures long term instrument reliability. • Complete gravity-feed system The LPF-8 is a signal conditioner combining an 8-pole low-pass Bessel • Quiet operation filter and DC amplifier. Special features include digital frequency readout, • High volume flow rates possible visual input offset indicator, clipping indicator, and gain telegraph outputs.

• Includes everything shown (except for the cup, bilayer workstation chamber, and stirplate) Specifications Input DC differential The BPS-2 Bilayer Perfusion System from Warner Instruments provides a Input impedance 1 M each channel simple and straightforward way to exchange solutions in either the bilayer cup Ω Input range ± 10 V or the chamber. The magnetic base holds the perfusion head ready for quick Input offset 2 Ranges, ± 100 mV and ± 1 V, variable from 0 with 10-turn insertion into your solution when expedited solution exchange is necessary. control The gravity-feed mechanism allows the device to support flow rates of up Offset indicator 20 LED display to 10 ml/min without breaking the bilayer membrane. The commonly Low frequency range 0.1 to 199.9 Hz available syringe reservoirs are easily replaced to reduce cross- Low range resolution 0.1 Hz contamination between different reservoir solutions. High frequency range 10 to 19.99 kHz A perfusion system is a critical component of a Bilayer Workstation. The High range resolution 10 Hz ability to exchange solutions on both sides of the bilayer membrane is Gains x1, x2, x5, x10, x20, x50, x100 and x200 important if complicated experimental protocols are to be performed. Output impedance 50 Warner Instruments recommends the use of a gravity-driven system as Ω Power requirements 100-130 VAC or 200-250 VAC, 50/60 Hz this is the best way to remove biological and chemical materials with a minimum of noise. Order # Model Product Order # Model Product W4 64-0050 LPF-8 LPF-8 Bessel Filter, Low Pass W4 64-0431 BPS-2 Basic Bilayer Perfusion System Filter/DC Amplifier. Specify Line Operating Voltage if Other Than 100-130 VAC W4 64-0774 G200-3 Capillary glass, 2 mm OD

Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com 191 SUNStir-3bilayer System workstation Lamp, Stirplate and Dual Function Controller

An integrated system for stirring and illumination

The SUNStir-3 System is comprised of the SUNStir controller, a SUN-1 lamp and a SPIN-2 stirplate. This convenient, rack-mountable system is designed to provide simultaneous control for both the SUN-1 lamp and the SPIN-2 stirplate.

SUN-1 Halogen Lamp

SPIN-2 Bilayer Stirplate physiology Electro-

SUNStir Controller iae workstation bilayer

Lamp Controller The SUNStir controller is a rack-mountable instrument designed to • Dichroic reflector provide quiet and efficient control of the SUN-1 Lamp and SPIN-2 Stirrer. • Noise-free electronics Lamp • Halogen bulb The SUN-1 is an externally controlled, noise-free halogen light source • Adjustable spotlight intensity with external suitable for inclusion in a shielded enclosure. The magnetic base attaches control device securely to any steel tabletop and the lamp swivel-head allows projection • Magnetic base with gooseneck and of the beam in virtually any direction. Modifications to the design of the swivel-head lamp reflector result in significant improvements in the lamp’s performance. SPIN-2 Stirrer The lamp is comprised of a magnetic base with 12" gooseneck for • Very low noise! accurate positioning of the illumination spot. A jointed swivel-head at the end of the gooseneck allows the beam to easily subtend a solid angle of • Stir while recording 2π steradians (half of a sphere). • Independent cis/trans dipoles Beam intensity is adjustable to one of eight levels via the rack-mount • Minimized magnetic flux through controller. The lamp electronics are well isolated to prevent the bilayer membrane introduction of external EMF into the Faraday cage enclosure and allows • Magnetic steel side panels recording of data even while the lamp is on. A dichroic reflector reduces much of the projected heat from the lamp and allows longer illumination times without significantly warming the object under study.

192 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com SUNStir-3bilayer System workstation Lamp, Stirplate and Dual Function Controller (continued)

Stirrer SUNStir Controller Specifications Bilayer work often requires stirring of contents on both sides of a bilayer SUNStir Master power switch, Power on LED membrane. The SPIN-2 Bilayer Stirplate achieves this task by providing Lamp control Eight position intensity selection with on/off switch, two spinning dipoles in a mechanically quiet apparatus. Power on LED Stirring of solutions in a bilayer cup and chamber has traditionally been Stirrer control Continuously variable speed control with on/off switch, Power on LED achieved using a commercial stirplate. Unfortunately, these devices are Power requirements 20 W-12 V internal, 100-125 VAC, 60 Hz external not designed for use in a bilayer rig and present a single rotating magnetic dipole to the bilayer chamber. Dimensions 1.75 x 16.5 x 8 in (H x W x D) SUN-1 Lamp Specifications A result of these characteristics is that it is impossible to simultaneously stir both wells since the stirbars will be drawn to a common rotational Lamp High impact polyamide housing; swivel head; spot reflector; clear lens Halogen bulb, dichroic reflector; axis defined by the stirplate magnet. The resulting collisions between the 20 W-12 V stirbars and the bilayer cup introduces a noise artifact into the acquired Gooseneck 1.4 cm diameter x 30.5 cm length; with PVC sleeve data. Many researchers avoid this problem by not stirring while recording, Spin-2 Stirplate Specifications which is an undesirable state of affairs. Controls: The SPIN-2 stirplate from Warner Instruments is designed to specifically Controller Power on/off switch, Speed rotary control address these problems experienced by researchers in the field. Stirplate Position adjust (rotary) First, it has two separate spinning dipoles, one each for the cis and Display: trans wells. This design allows the stirbars within each well to be Controller LED; flashes once per complete rotation independently controlled which virtually abolishes cup/stirbar collisions. Stirplate Magnetic field display; passive LCD The relative separation between the two dipoles is adjustable allowing the Speed Range 300 to 600 RPM apparatus to be used with bilayer cups and chambers of different sizes. Rotor: Second, the rotation characteristics (speed and phase) of the two Synchronization Counter-rotating with magnets repelling spinning dipoles is digitally controlled. This allows the device to present Position the minimum magnetic flux to the bilayer membrane. A liquid crystal Adjustment Range display allows the researcher to view the rotating dipoles in real-time. (center-to-center) 0.4 to 2.5 inches Electro- physiology Third, the apparatus is both electrically isolated and mechanically quiet. Dimensions (W x D x H) In addition, steel strips are provided on each side of the liquid crystal Stirplate 5.5 x 8.0 x 2.3 in window for attachment of magnetic holders and the like. This provides a Weight convenient method of positioning a perfusion head. Stirplate 3.0 lb Taken together, these features allow the SPIN-2 to be used while acquiring data. Order # Model Product W4 64-0076 SUNSTIR-3 Complete SunStir-3 System, Includes Sun-1 Lamp, Spin-2 Stirrer and SunStir Controller bilayer workstation System Components W4 64-0061 SUN-1 Halogen Lamp with Tabletop Controller W4 64-0074 SPIN-2 Dual Channel Spin Plate with Tabletop Controller W4 64-0075 SUNSTIR Dual Function Controller (Lamp plus Stirplate) W4 64-0065 SUN-DCH Replacement 12W-12V Dichroic Bulb for Sun-1 Lamp

Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com 193 Additionalbilayer Components workstation

RAC-14 HST-1 Headstage Holder Kit

RAC-14 Instrument Rack An instrument rack provides an organizing influence on the electronics and facilitates the tabletop design of the Workstation. physiology Electro- The RAC-14 is a 14" tabletop rack and comes with all the hardware needed to mount your amplifier, filter, stirring-illumination controller and HST-1 Headstage Holder Kit A/D board into one integrated unit. A ground point is provided for • Shock mounting for headstage attachment to a Power Line Conditioner. Powder black finish. • Non-conducting surface iae workstation bilayer Order # Model Product • Flexible headstage attachment W4 64-0070 RAC-14 Instrument Rack • Magnetic base with on/off switch

The HST-1 is designed as a shock mount positioning device for the bilayer headstage. The non-conducting neoprene pad, mounted onto a BLM Starter Kit polycarbonate base, serves as a stable platform for the headstage. Two medium elasticity rubber bands are used to fix the headstage to the pad Warner Instruments has put together a Starter Kit to aid you in and provides a secure but flexible attachment. completing your Bilayer Workstation. The kit includes 3 BNC cables, grounding cables, a Red Sable artist’s dotting brush, glass capillary Convenient positioning of the HST-1 Headstage Holder is provided by an tubing, PE tubing (for your perfusion system), and one replacement pack MB/B magnetic base. The base contains a magnet with on/off switch for of stirbars (2 x 5 mm). easy re-positioning of the assembly within your application.

Order # Model Product Specifications W4 64-0067 BLM-ST Bilayer Starter Kit Platform, H x W x D 5.7 x 4.4 x 1.3 cm (2.24 x 11.2 x 0.5 in) Material Polycarbonate base; non-conducting neoprene pad Shaft, Dia x L 0.6 x 6.4 cm; anodized aluminum

Order # Model Product W4 64-0435 HST-1 Headstage Holder System Replacement parts W4 64-0422 HH-1 Headstage Holder W4 64-0060 MB/B Magnetic Base

194 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com BLM-TC bilayer workstation Planar Lipid Bilayer Thermocycler

On-Site Setup and Training

Investigators first entering the arena of research using the planar lipid bilayer can be overwhelmed by the wealth of design and application issues surrounding the proper assembly and use of a Bilayer Workstation. While tractable, this state of affairs can result in an investigator choosing a less effective means to achieve his or her research goals. Warner Instruments recognizes the need to make this technology more accessible and is the only company to establish on-site assembly and training in the proper care and use of the Bilayer Workstation. Our senior scientist, Dr. Edmond Buck, has over 18 • Peltier driven years experience using this powerful technology and is • Cools to 5˚C committed to providing extensive support for this important • Heats to 50˚C technique. • Heats and cools at 3˚C/minute Dr. Buck will visit your site, assemble the Workstation and • Stable to 0.2˚C instruct you in how to use and maintain the equipment. If desired, he will also provide guidance and insight in the best The new BLM-TC from Warner uses Peltier technology to cool, heat, or way to use your acquisition and analysis software.* thermocycle a planar lipid bilayer membrane. It is our committed goal to quickly and efficiently optimize your Electro-

The tight and reproducible temperature control provided by this unique equipment and skill set allowing you to focus your efforts on physiology device can facilitate the measurement of single channel events at data acquisition. physiologic temperatures, or at any temperature between 5 °C and 50 °C. *Support and warranty rights are retained by the manufacturer of The device heats and cools at an average rate of 3 °C/min when transitioning between 40 °C to 10 °C. More importantly, the BLM-TC can the acquisition software package. maintain a temperature to within 0.2 °C of the set temperature. We invite you to contact Dr. Buck to discuss your needs and The BLM-TC system is comprised of a Peltier-driven bilayer platform application. (compatible with Warner's SPIN 2 bilayer stirplate), a CL-100 bipolar References available.

temperature controller, and a an LCS-1 (for the water jacket, see page 142). bilayer workstation The purchase of a standard bilayer cup and chamber completes the package. Note: If you will be primarily working at temperatures above ambient, then we recommend using the larger BCH-M22 chamber to reduce the impact of evaporative losses in the system during use.

Order # Model Product W4 64-0450 BLM-TC Planar Lipid Bilayer Thermocycler System W4 64-0400 BCH-M13 1 ml Bilayer Chamber (Cup Purchased Separately) W4 64-0401 BCH-M22 3 ml Bilayer Chamber (Cup Purchased Separately) W4 64-1922 LCS-1 Liquid Cooling System W4 64-0352 CL-100 Bipolar Temperature Controller

Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com 195 CM-3 andbilayer CM-1 workstation Channel Model Simulator

Ideal for testing and training

CM-3 Variable Single-Channel Model

CM-3 Variable Channel Model CM-1 Fixed Channel Model • Independent selection of open and close time The CM-1 is a fixed variable single channel model which simulates an actively gating ion channel. Gating transitions from the closed to the physiology constants via calibrated rotary dial Electro- • Selection of unitary channel conductance via open, and from the open to the closed state, are randomly induced within calibrated rotary dial the constraints imposed by the mean open and mean close time settings. Attaches directly to the headstage. • Available in 10 and 100 pF membranes • Small dimensions allow easy attachment to the Specifications

iae workstation bilayer amplifier headstage within the Faraday cage Mean time constants Open and closed factory set to 10 ms enclosure Conductance 20 and 200 pS for patch and bilayer models, • Battery operated respectively Battery 3 V lithium, 3 years of continuous operation The CM-3 is a continuously variable single channel simulator which Dimensions (H x W x D) 2.8 x 5.7 x 2.2 cm models an actively gating ion channel. Gating transitions from the closed to the open, or from the open to the closed state are randomly induced Order # Model Product within the constraints imposed by the mean open and mean close time W4 64-0024 CM-1/10 Simulator with 10 pF Membrane settings. This unique device provides the researcher with a means to W4 64-0025 CM-1/100 Simulator with 100 pF Membrane generate well-defined ion channel gating kinetics allowing critical W4 64-1618 – CM Cable for Non-Warner Amps analysis of data acquisition hardware and software and data analysis software. The instrument is also an ideal teaching aid.

Specifications Mean time constants Individually adjustable from 1-200 ms Conductance Continuously variable from 0-750 pS Battery 9 V, 3 years of continuous operation Dimensions (H x W x D) 6.6 x 7.6 x 4.2 cm

Order # Model Product W4 64-0026 CM-3/10 Variable Simulator with 10 pF Membrane W4 64-0027 CM-3/100 Variable Simulator with 100 pF Membrane W4 64-1618 – CM Cable for Non-Warner Amps

196 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com sizes. facilitat The cup. bilayer the in aperture the to lipids the applying as for bilayerologists tool among preferred favor gained has tubing capillary Glass Tubing Capillary Glass Replacement Stirbars the with conjunction in used when Microscope, Zoom Stereo Z850 The Microscope Zoom Stereo The o oedetails. more for assures base metal rectangle 10" x 10" lb, 42 The bar. horizontal 20.4" iae hmes trasa Stirbars chambers. bilayer h 80hsaditfe ouigrneo 15c.Sepgs338-341 pages See cm. 11.5 of range focusing free drift a has Z850 The datgso hsapoc a oprdt al arbuhs are brushes) hair Sable to compared (as approach this of advantages of out swung then and use during cage the witin the positioned permits be stand to boom device included the The viewing membranes. for bilayer instrument of ideal formation an is Workstation, Bilayer Lipid Planar h oedfiutt id2x5m sizes. mm 5 x 2 find to difficult more the uigmk o odqaiygasapplicators. glass quality good for make tubing oiiesaiiy h okn olr rvn cietlsipg nthe poles. on vertical slippage and accidental horizontal prevent collars locking The stability. positive uaiiyadteaiiyt trlz h plctrbtenue.Glass uses. between applicator the sterilize to ability the and durability be can microscope The stabilized. has membrane the after way the uigfro tubing ioua eso akn t A lacking applications. version diverse binocular for horizontally or vertically both mounted anrInstruments Warner Accessories 464-1805 W4 ugdbo tn etrsa1."crm te etclps n a and post vertical steel chrome 14.3" a features stand boom rugged trasaesl npcae f5ec n oei mand mm 7 x 2 in come and each 5 of packages in sold are Stirbars hsue h . mO n 5c egho hsthick-walled this of length cm 15 and OD mm 1.5 The use. this e Wa m stirbars nrIsrmnshsbe hsnwt iesosthat dimensions with chosen been has Instruments rner mgei la)aeaalbefrteBHSeries BCH the for available are fleas) (magnetic ec he hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • eTfo otdadaeaalbei two in available are and coated Teflon re mr -on sas available. also is c-mount amera iae workstation bilayer otisrmnainue nBMwr r eindt opnaefor compensate to designed are While work labs. BLM other in many used by instrumentation shared most is research circuit large power in the floors where upper facilities on placed are labs Many apparatus. An network distributed a in abolished the supplying circuit power the in is fluctuations recording by electrophysiological introduced in that noise of source overlooked often An Conditioning Line Power aine ntepwrcrut hs fet antb completely be cannot effects these circuit, power the in variances rnfre ospl oe oteetr oktto.TeO-5 Power ON-750 The Workstation. entire the to power supply to transformer ieCniinri w-ie eieweenoesd oncst the to connects side one wherein device two-sided a is Conditioner Line ntttoal upidpwradteohr sltd iecnet othe to connects side isolated, other, the and power supplied institutionally L oktto.Ti ofgrto eut ntepeetto fa of presentation the in results configuration This Workstation. BLM tbepwrsuc oteWrsainwihaoihsnieartifacts noise varyi abolishes from which introduced Workstation the to source power stable 364-1803 W3 464-1327 W4 64-0772 W4 Product Model 64-0067 W4 # Order 464-0421 W4 64-0420 W4 64-0073 W4 64-0069 W4 64-1805 W4 464-0069 W4 lgn ouint hspolmi rvddb h s fa isolation an of use the by provided is problem this to solution elegant 80See omMicroscope Zoom Stereo Z850 A05Sle ie 0c long, cm 10 wire, Silver OD mm 1.5 glass Capillary WA10-5 G150-4 Kit Starter Bilayer BLM-ST A-22x7m trasfr2 mm 22 for Stirbars mm 7 x 2 mm 13 for Stirbars mm 5 x 2 MAG-22 MAG-13 Conditioner Line Power ON-750A-EU Conditioner Line Power Microscope Zoom Stereo ON-750A-US Z850 gl ng aso h huecircuit”. “house the on oads ihBo tn without Stand Boom with .5m i,wt mpin, mm 1 with dia, mm 0.25 hmesadCvte pg f5) of (pkg. Cuvettes and Chambers 5) of (pkg. Cuvettes and Chambers pack 2 Hz VAC/60 220 for Hz VAC/60 120 for C-Mount Camera and Stand Boom with C-Mount Camera fc of omponents. www.warneronline.com 197 bilayer workstation ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment Acquisitionbilayer Hardware and workstation Software PClamp Package from Molecular Devices

Digidata 1440A Low-noise Data Acquisition The pCLAMP 10 software suite fulfills many different experimental needs, System with pClamp Software such as synchronized stimulation, event detection, and online analysis. It Molecular Devices presents the latest Digidata 1440A digitizer for low- is the most widely-used data acquisition and analysis program for the noise experiments. This high-resolution 16-bit data acquisition system is control and recording of voltage-clamp, current-clamp, and patch-clamp self-contained and communicates with the host computer via a USB 2.0 experiments. Three separate programs are included: Clampex 10, physiology interface, which means extremely easy installation and setup. Designed AxoScope 10, Clampfit 10. Electro- for ease-of-use and fast results, the Digidata 1440A comes with versatile Clampex 10 expands the range and quality of your data acquisition AxoScope for Windows software and is ready to take data immediately experiments. These improvements should prove useful for a wide variety after installation. Absolutely no programming is necessary. of applications, allowing more flexibility in your experimental protocols. The Digidata 1440A has a maximum sampling rate of 250 kHz per AxoScope 10 provides a convenient way to produce background

iae workstation bilayer channel, with an outstanding total data throughput rate of 4 recordings with the included MiniDigi 2-channel digitizer. You can monitor megasamples per second. Both the inherent digitizer noise and channel cells during intra-sweep periods, or create an overview of the entire day's crosstalk noise are rated at less than ±1 mV average p-p at 10 kHz, within activities including voice tags. a ±10 V input range. The front panel is well laid out with sixteen analog Clampfit 10 is a powerful solution for analyzing, graphing and layout of all input channels and four analog output channels, eight general digital of your Clampex and AxoScope data. Clampfit includes an extensive array outputs, one dedicated digital output to trigger devices such as of filtering and fitting routines. Functionality includes I-V graphs, power oscilloscopes, trigger inputs to start acquisition and to tag data. The back spectrums, and special "linked data views" for threshold (AP), template panel has four additional analog instrument telegraph inputs, as well as a (minis) and single-channel modes of event detection and analysis. DB-25 connector for the digital outputs. The pClamp package (comprised of Molecular Devices’ Digidata 1440 Designed to support continuous data acquisition within a multitasking computer interface and pClamp 10 software) represents a state-of-the-art operating system, the Digidata 1440A digitizer is fully supported by our acquisition system from Molecular Devices Corporation. AxoScope 10 for Windows and pCLAMP 10 for Windows electrophysiology software. Warner Instruments is pleased to include the following information detailing a compatible acquisition systems from Axon Instruments. We With its USB 2.0 interface, you can easily connect the Digidata 1440A to provide this information and product as a service to our customers and a laptop computer without the need for a peripheral PC card. make it available as an optional component of the Warner Instruments Planar Lipid Bilayer Workstation. All product warranty and support rights A data acquisition system is an integral component of for this acquisition package are retained by Axon Instruments. the Planar Lipid Bilayer Workstation. To facilitate a Please contact the vendor directly if you require additional information. convenient purchasing experience for our customers, Warner Instruments can include these products as part of a Workstation purchase.* We can also install and configure the acquisition system if you desire. Contact our Sales Department for details. (*Axon system not Order # Product available in Japan.) W4 64-0436 Molecular Devices - Digidata 1440 + pClamp 10

198 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com TEV700 voltage clamps Oocyte Two-Electrode Voltage Clamp Workstation

The most common components in a single package

W4 64-0034 TEV700 Oocyte Two-Electrode Voltage Clamp Work Station Electro- Equipment physiology Electrophysiology

• NEW Automated Two-Electrode The TEV700 Workstation provides many of the necessary components Voltage Clamp System, see page 200 typically used with the OC-725C voltage clamp. When these components

• Oocyte Clamp OC-725C, see pages 201-202 are purchased with the OC-725 Oocyte Clamp, the complete package is voltage clamps discounted as shown. The individual components of the system are • RC-3Z Oocyte Chamber, see page 13 listed below. • MM-33L Manipulator, see page 295 • MM-33R Manipulator, see page 295 Order # Model Product • MB/B Magnetic Base, see page 304 W4 64-0034 TEV700 Complete Oocyte Two-Electrode Voltage Clamp Work Station BPM-1 shown with components System Components (included in TEV700) BPM-1 of our TEV-700 Oocyte voltage clamp workstation W4 64-0028 OC-725C Oocyte Clamp Steel Base Plate W4 64-0319 RC-3Z Oocyte Chamber W4 64-0055 MM-33L Left Manipulator This solid steel plate provides W4 64-0056 MM-33R Right Manipulator a stable platform for mounting W4 64-0060 MB/B Magnetic Base, must purchase micromanipulators mounted on 2 for complete system magnetic bases. A highly Accessories durable powder coating applied W4 64-1586 BPM-1 Base Plate Magnetic Steel to the surface makes it impervious to most common spills in the lab. Specifications Dimensions 30.5 x 61.0 x 0.95 cm (12 x 24 x 3/8 in) Weight 14.06 kg (31 lb)

Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com 199 NEW Automated Two-Electrodevoltage Voltage clamps Clamp Systems physiology Electro-

otg clamps voltage • Single and dual channel systems available Order # Model Product • Eliminates microscope W4 64-1740 TEV-S12 Automated two-electrode voltage • Manipulators may be used for both patch and clamp - single channel for 1.2 mm electrodes: Includes one OC-725C, oocyte voltage clamp experiments one ChannelMAX 100A Mini, one • High efficiency design VC-8P pinch valve controller, one perfusion chamber, and two electrodes holders for 1.2 mm O.D. glass Warner Instruments in collaboration with NeoBiosystems, Inc., is pleased W4 64-1741 TEV-S15 Automated two-electrode voltage to introduce an automated workstation for oocyte two-electrode voltage clamp - single channel for 1.5 mm clamp experiments. electrodes: Includes one OC-725C, one ChannelMAX 100A Mini, one This complete workstation is built on a strong foundation of the VC-8P pinch valve controller, one NeoBiosystems ChannelMAX 100A Mini computer controlled perfusion chamber, and two electrodes manipulators, the Warner Instruments OC-725C oocyte voltage clamp, a holders for 1.5 mm O.D. glass VC-8P eight channel valve control system, and a custom perfusion W4 64-1742 TEV-D12 Automated two-electrode voltage chamber. clamp - dual channel for 1.2 mm electrodes: Includes two OC-725C, Save time, money, and increase throughput using a system featuring the one ChannelMAX 100A Twin, one world’s most widely used two electrode whole-cell voltage clamp for VC-8P pinch valve controller, two Xenopus oocytes. The unique design of the OC-725C bath clamp perfusion chambers, and four eliminates the need for series resistance compensation. It also provides electrodes holders for 1.2 mm an accurate measurement of bath current by creating a virtual bath O.D. glass ground while simultaneously clamping the bath potential at zero. W4 64-1743 TEV-D15 Automated two-electrode voltage clamp - dual channel for 1.5 mm The high compliance of ±180 volts, and the AC clamp gain of 2 x 103 in electrodes: Includes two OC-725C, 6 addition to the DC gain of 1 x 10 , ensures accurate clamp voltage is one ChannelMAX 100A Twin, one maintained even when working with high conductance (leaky) oocytes. VC-8P pinch valve controller, two perfusion chambers, and four electrodes holders for 1.5 mm O.D. glass

200 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com oye rfrapiain o eurn atrsos ie.TeFs mode Fast The times. response fast requiring screening not applications for for used or is oocytes mode Slow The available: are speeds clamp Two anrInstruments Warner for make cable meter 2 and rod mounting convenient size, small high-impedance Its single-ended, probe. a is headstage measuring voltage The Probe Headstage Voltage range position 3 a of addition the by has ends headstage both clamp at bath extended OC-725C been the of range measuring current The Headstage Clamp Bath Improved of compliance voltage a and gains DC and AC high combines OC-725C The Clamping Voltage Stable Fast The epnetm nteFs oei 5 sc(09%rs ie when time) rise (10-90% µsec 350 is mode Fast the in time response ahptnila zero. at potential bath directly compens sue for used is raigavrulgon ntebt hl iutnosycapn the clamping simultaneously while bath the in ground virtual a creating ayatcmn oamcooiinr h edtg nu sa2mm 2 ele a An is pin. input diameter headstage The micropositioner. a to attachment easy larger and levels usable to amplified are currents Smaller multiplier. 10vlst nuefs,nnauaigcappromneudrnal any nearly under performance clamp nonsaturating fast, insure to volts ±180 lmigof clamping urnsu o1m a ercre ihu uptstrto.The saturation. output without recorded be can mA 1 to up currents pliga10m tpt oe cell. model a to step mV 100 a applying uhfaue shg opinevlae(10V n nqebt clamp bath unique and V) (±180 compliance voltage high as features such nqedsg ft of design unique icir.Teesm etrsas aeteO-2Cielfrclamping for ideal OC-725C the make also features same These circuitry. odto.TeA lm ani aibeu o20.A diinlD gain DC additional An 2000. to up variable is gain clamp AC The condition. f1x10 x 1 of te ag el n elsrcue uha qi xn.Ipoeet othis Improvements to axons. squid as structures such cell and cells large other n -oeBse fil Bessel 4-pole a and level noise decreased range, measuring current extended an include version oyeClamp Oocyte OC-725C eindfrtoeetoewoecl otg lmigo eou oocytes Xenopus of clamping voltage whole-cell two-electrode for Designed OC-725C nteheadstage. the on 6 to.I rvdsa cuaemaueeto ahcretby current bath of measurement accurate an provides It ation. a eepoe o ihcnutnecls(ek oocytes). (leaky cells conductance high for employed be may cuaevlaecapo atwoecl urns Clamp currents. cell whole fast of clamp voltage accurate Xenopus oyeCapi eindfrtwo-electrode, whole-cell voltage for designed is Clamp Oocyte eb he toeh ctrode oye.Teddctddsg fteO-2Cincludes OC-725C the of design dedicated The oocytes. ter. t lm lmntstene o eisresistance series for need the eliminates clamp ath hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • le iha2m ak(upid mounts (supplied) jack mm 2 a with older otg clamps voltage spoie ocnettecreteetoehle oteclamp. the to holder electrode current the connect to provided is V h lm;asrih yefruewt h otg edtg n 45° a and headstage voltage the with use for with type required straight typically a are clamp; wires the silver with holders electrode vented Two Holders Electrode Features Additional ranges; two with control button push digital a is control Hold internal The Commands Clamp voltage membrane of displays simultaneous provide meters Independent Meters Current & Voltage electro urn lcrd eoetecapcruti undon. turned is circuit clamp the before electrode current lcrd,tecretmtrdsly ebaeptnilV potential membrane displays meter current the electrode, 1t 9m x)ad± and (x1) mV 99 to ±1 yewt onighnl o s ihcreteetoe.Vnshave Vents electrodes. current with use for handle mounting with type of enaddt h electrodes the to added been ore odadetra omnsaesummed. are command commands the external from and noise Hold reduce source. to attenuated are ÷10 IN Command m ,2 0ad2 VfrIVsuis xenlcmadsgasapidto applied signals command External studies. I-V for mV 20 and 10 2, 1, aaiyCmesto o h mvlaeinput. voltage Vm the for Compensation Capacity electrodes. • both for Test Electrode • vrodaam(uil n iul niaewe h compliance the when indicate visual) and (audible alarm Overload • uzcnrl 1kzsur ae o aheetoeadin aid electrode each for wave) square kHz (1 controls Buzz • COfesfrbt otg n urn electrodes. current and voltage both for Offsets DC • n ebaecretI current membrane and ewihcndmg oye.Atomtrlnt al assembly cable length meter two A oocytes. damage can which de otg secee aeurigteoct a oocyte the safeguarding exceeded is voltage eerto fcl ebae ihamnmmo leakage. of minimum a with membranes cell of penetration current eod r ujc osaturation. to subject are records o18m x) odcnb nrmne nsteps in incremented be can Hold (x2). mV 198 to 2 m oasr rpriplmn ftecurrent the of impalement proper assure To . op to eetpesr ul-pisd the inside build-up pressure revent www.warneronline.com didctn that indicating nd e rmthe from 201 voltage clamps ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment OC-725C voltage clamps Oocyte Clamp (continued)

RC-3Z chamber shown Specifications (continued) with the Warner Electrode Voltage Ve ±199.9 mV (Current meter reads Ve when clamp mode OC-725 bath clamp switch is off) headstage. Current Electrode Channel: Compliance Voltage ±180 V Clamp Speed 350 µsec. (10-90%) with 100 mV square wave command applied to model cell Gain Variable AC/DC: 0 to 2000 Fixed DC Gain Switch selected: 1 x 106 Ve DC Offset ±200 mV at input (20 mV/turn)

Electrode Test 10 mV/MΩ read on current meter 100 mV/MΩ at Ve x10 output, rear panel Commands: Hold Manually set with digital potentiometer, 2 digit resolution and 2 ranges: x1 range: ±1 to 99 mV in 1 mV steps x2 range: ±2 to 198 mV in 2 mV steps External Signals applied to COMMAND IN÷10 are attenuated by a factor of 10, 1 V applied = 100 mV command Power Requirements 100-130 V or 220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 20 VA Dual Oocyte Studies Physical Dimensions: Some studies, such as voltage control across gap junctions, require the Case 8.9 cm H x 43.2 cm W x 30.5 cm D clamping of two oocytes in a common bath using two voltage clamps. The Voltage Headstage 12.5 mm D x 5 cm L with 1.8 m cable combined currents from the two oocytes cause problems since the bath physiology Mounting Handle 4.8 mm D x 6.3 cm L Electro- clamp headstage cannot separate the individual currents and therefore cannot provide effective clamping. Bath Headstage 2.3 cm H x 3.5 cm W x 4.2 cm L with 1.8 m cable Shipping Weight 6.8 kg OC-725C has two features to address these problems: Warranty Three years, parts & labor • An internal switch permits measurements of the current in series *Molecular Devices pClamp and Heka PatchMaster with the current electrode instead of in the bath. otg clamps voltage • Optional differential voltage headstages (7255 DI): The differential Order # Model Product measurement subtracts the voltage drop across the series W4 64-0028 OC-725C Oocyte Clamp supplied with resistance in the bath, which is normally eliminated by the 7250V Voltage Headstage, 7251I bath clamp. Bath Clamp Headstage, 7259C Current Cable, Model Membrane and Rack Mount Hardware. Specify line operating Specifications voltage if other than 100-130 VAC. Test Conditions One straight holder and one 45° holder purchased separately. 1. Model cell used to obtain specifications: model membrane, 1 MΩ in parallel with 220 nF, 1 MΩ current and voltage electrodes. Optional/Replacement Headstages 2. Noise measurements made with an 8-pole Bessel filter. W4 64-0030 7255DI Optional Differential Headstage Voltage Recording Channel (Vm): W4 64-0031 7250V Replacement Voltage Headstage V Probe Input 12 W4 64-0032 7251I Replacement Bath Clamp Impedance 0.5 x 10 Ω, 1 pF Headstage Output Resistance 100 Ω DC Offset ±200 mV at input, var. from zero with 10 turn control, W4 64-0033 7259C Replacement Current Electrode Cable (20 mV/turn) W4 64-0029 725MC Model Cell Noise (0-10 kHz) 3 µV RMS with input grounded 20 µV RMS with model cell For Use with OC-725C Voltage Probe Electrode Test 10 mV/MΩ read on meter 100 mV/MΩ at Vm x10 output Meter Range ±199.9 mV full scale W4 64-1008 ESW-F12V Straight Holder 1.2 mm glass OD Capacity W4 64-1009 ESW-F15V Straight Holder 1.5 mm glass OD Compensation 0 - 90 pF W4 64-1010 ESW-F20V Straight Holder 2.0 mm glass OD Current Sensing (Bath Clamp) Channel (Im): W4 64-1007 ESW-F10V Straight Holder 1.0 mm glass OD Noise (0-1 kHz) 4.5 nA RMS with bath clamp 10 nA RMS in output leg For Use with OC-725C Current Electrode I Monitor Output 1 nA/mV to 1 mA/10V in 7 steps and 3 ranges, x0.1, x1, and x10 Gain Telegraph 0.2 to 2.6 V in 7 steps (200 mV/step) and 3 ranges, x0.1, x1, W4 64-1051 E45W-F10VH 45° Style Holder 1.0 mm glass OD Output and x10. Compatible with data acquisition software* W4 64-1052 E45W-F12VH 45° Style Holder 1.2 mm glass OD Meter Range, Full Scale Clamp Current: ±199.9 µA W4 64-1053 E45W-F15VH 45° Style Holder 1.5 mm glass OD W4 64-1054 E45W-F20VH 45° Style Holder 2.0 mm glass OD

202 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com ulgi eerp upr o anrInstruments Warner for support telegraph gain Full • noise Low • ul-nsiuao n iia outputs digital stimulator and Built-in • anrInstruments Warner connection USB install to Easy • converter A/D bit 16 100kHz • also no - well as easy point-and-click is lines cables. output custom the for Programming need are the connectors eliminating output BNC, digital standard The industry available. are lines output digital 8 Input/Output Digital V ±10 its over data sample to converter A/D bit 16 a employs 118 HAI The Noise applications. and clamping Resolution voltage for ideal a it be making to thereby state voltage quiescent holding the allows step protocol and standard train, Each pulse, waveform. include protocols Standard bar. tool software independently is DAC Each DACs. ±10V two offers 118 HAI The DAC Features Hardware The eodn fsgasfo 0m o1Vwtottene o additional for need the without 10V to mV 10 from signals of recording program otdt eodn tde ntersac aoaoy tofr analog 8 offers It laboratory. research the in studies recording data most opiae scripti complicated the allows This V. 1 than less is input any on noise Typical range. input adaecnet oP optbecmuesvatepplrUSB popular the via The computers DACs. compatible 2 PC and to inputs connects digital Hardware 4 outputs, digital 8 channels, input xenlgain. external nefc,s eu spu-n-lyeasy. plug-and-play is setup so interface, aaeesfrec A,sc splewdh rqec n amplitude and frequency width, pulse as such DAC, each for parameters a ecagdo h l sn ad otoslctdi h LabScribe the in located controls handy using fly the on changed be can aaAqiiinSystem Acquisition Data 118 HAI at ihrslto aaaqiiinsse utbefrms hsooia eodn studies recording physiological most for suitable system acquisition data high-resolution fast, A 46-10HI18Dt custo System Acquisition Data 118 HAI 69-3130 W4 lm amplifiersclamp A 118 HAI rvdd ihoecniue sa xenltrigger. external an as configured one with provided, al n a esnhoie ihoeaohr ai stimulus Basic another. one with synchronized be can and mable safs ihrslto aaaqiiinsse utbefor suitable system acquisition data high-resolution fast a is gl ng nug srqie.Fu iia nu ie are lines input digital Four required. is anguage hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • otg clamps voltage ® htyucos.Raigyu aai mH,g rm sasnap. a is mA or g, Hg, mm in data your Reading choose. you that oeflLabScribe Powerful Included Software port. USB popular the over accomplished is computer the to Connection Connection USB bit 16 100,000, collect can it speed top At recorder. fast a is 118 HAI The Speed n iwo h aacnb xotdt h ika etfl ra course or file text a as disk the to exported be can data the Files of view .png Any or .txt to Exported Data a on operate These supported. also are calculations line off Twenty-six Off Twenty-Six window. main the in click single a from called each and realtime, calculated in are displayed that functions 13 supports currently LabScribe Functions Realtime Thirteen indicate to data data the to locked time be may user the from input Keyboard axis Notations y Realtime or base Time space. available the fill the to expands window and display centers the click in simple data A data. displayed the of ensures scaling automatically optimal that feature AutoScale an uses LabScribe Controls Display units any in data displayed the calibrate to you allows software LabScribe Units Real Features: Software LabScribe footprint olc aaa 000smlsprscn nec fteoe channels. open the of each on second per samples 10,000 at data collect n itr ucin a eapidt a aai eltm rte can they or time real in data raw to applied be dV/dt can Integral, Functions Mean, Filter. Min, and Max, Period, Frequency, Rate, include These i positioned be can Annotations points. stimulus or delivery drug click. single a with out or in zoomed be can scaling emtd a aai laspreserved. always is data raw permuted, space. rvddwt ielcnea oadtoa hreadugae r free are upgrades and charge additional no at license site a with provided A 1 optbewt oeokcmues h A 1 a s a has 118 HAI The the computers. makes notebook and with cards compatible interface 118 special HAI install to need the eliminates This can it enabled channels 8 With channel. single a on second per samples uv,MxMn lp taPit lp fteLn fBs i,adthe and Fit, Best of Line the of the Slope Under Point, Area a includes at list Slope The Max-Min, value. Curve, a return and data of selection rpi.Ti sielfrps aclto nporm ieEclor Excel like programs in calculation post for ideal is This graphic. ecle fe h aahsbe eodd omte o aamybe may data how matter No recorded. been has data the after called be oee.Tepormwl culyugaeisl nayInternet any on machine. itself connected upgrade actually will program The forever. mean. ALB itr omt aerprso otrpeettose presentations poster or reports make formats Picture MACLAB. uha o ol rt ncatpaper. chart on write would you as much o a laspitdt rmaywno nteprogram. the in window any from data print always can you n ncmiainwt oeokrqie eyltl bench little very requires notebook a with combination in and ® otaei nlddwt ahHI18 aSrb is LabScribe 118. HAI each with included is software ieCalculations Line www.warneronline.com the n s.Of asy. mall 203 voltage clamps ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment HAI 118 voltage clamps Data Acquisition System (continued)

Software Features (continued): Specifications Gain Telegraph Input: LabScribe will automatically calibrate and display the output of Warner Number of Inputs 8 single ended BNC Voltage/Patch clamp amplifiers. This feature takes into account the Input Impedance 1 MΩ changes in gain that may be applied from the voltage clamp. Input Range ±10 V Fast Scrolling Noise 1 mV typical LabScribe display can smoothly scroll data at any speed. This is Gain Telegraph Software or hardware 8 bit particularly useful when high resolution data is compressed on the time Output: axis to create a data overview. Number of DACs 2 Settings DAC Resolution 12 bit Settings or templates for various experiments are stored in the programs DAC Speed 100 kHz independent of sample speed settings menu. This makes changing program settings to accommodate DAC Output Range ±10 V different experiments point-and- click easy. Digital Output Lines 8 TTL Digital Output Applications Supported: Connector BNC Oocyte clamp A/D Converter: LabScribe’s gain telegraph feature automatically calibrates the software Sample Speed 1 Hz - 100 kHz to any Warner Oocyte Clamp so that the main display reads in current and Resolution 16 bit voltage. The on-board stimulator includes a flexible voltage clamp Interface USB protocol so an external stimulator is not required. Finally, the digital Trigger/Digital output capability of the HAI 118 also adds the ability to automate your Input Lines 4, TTL oocyte rig. Enclosure Aluminum physiology Electro- Epithelial Clamp Power 120/220 VAC, 60/50 Hz, CE compliant Output from Warner Instruments or other epithelial voltage clamps can be Trigger Modes External trigger, Threshold trigger from data, User trigger fed directly into the HAI 118. The voltage clamp protocol in the LabScribe Display Real time, User definable screen time independent of sample rate. User definable units, AutoScale, Full Scale program’s stimulator section makes recordings of four to six channels of or User defined scale

otg clamps voltage epithelial data possible. DAC Modes Pulse, Train, Step, DC, Custom Blood Flow and Blood pressure DAC Performance: Blood flow data from doppler devices and blood pressure signals from Pulse Width 0.01 msec to 6500 msec (Pulse mode) available transducer amplifiers can be fed directly into the HAI 118. Frequency 0.2 Hz to 50 kHz (Pulse Mode) Analytical features in the LabScribe software can give beat-to-beat rate, systolic, diastolic, and mean pressures, as well as dP/dt. Order # Product Hemodynamic Studies W4 69-3130 HAI 118 Data Acquisition System Blood pressure signals from available transducer amplifiers can be fed directly into the HAI 118. Analytical features in the LabScribe software can display beat-to-beat rate, systolic, diastolic, and mean pressures as well as dP/dt. Up to 8 channels of pressure data can be recorded and the high speed nature of the hardware makes it ideal for use with rapid heart rate animals such as mice. Electrophysiology. The high speed nature of the HAI 118 make it perfect for studies involving blood pressure and sympathetic nerve activity as well as all types of cardiac electrophysiology, even in rapid heart rate animals such as mice where extra speed is required.

204 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com rfrbet h omnmto fcpctnenurlzto sinc neutralization capacitance of method common the to preferable h ta nu aaiac.Ti ehdo aaiac etaiainis neutralization capacitance of method This capacitance. input stray the is capacitance input Stray pF. 0.5 to capacitance input limit to shield driven hedt eetne osron h lcrd odradfrhrreduce further and holder electrode the surround to extended be to shield a and circuitry bootstrap utilizes headstage The both. minimize to designed iutnossiuainadrecording and stimulation Simultaneous • aaiac opnaincrutycnices os levels. noise increase can circuitry compensation capacitance odrcncnetdrcl otehasaeiptadrqie no requires and input headstage the to directly connect can holder pencil-sized the 1) headstage: the of features design two with reduced is headstage IE-210 The amplifier. the to it connects which cable the rf,adfs epnetm o eodn rmhg meac fluid- impedance high from recording for time response fast and drift, nu opri taheto diinlsilig hsalw h driven the allows This probe shielding. additional the of at attachment available permit is to shield input driven headstage the 2) cable; connecting and electrode the with associated capacitance stray minimize and amplifier electrodes. resistance high with measurements anrInstruments Warner is gain Amplifier one. of gain a at available probe/electrometer is output The Features Electrometer To mΩ. 100 over of resistances have can microelectrodes Fluid-filled Headstage The The for amplifier microelectrode impedance High • curre edtg onsdrcl ntemicro the on directly mounts headstage resistance high with recording voltage of bandwidth the maximize To iutnossiuainadrcrigtruhasnl lcrd.These electrode. single a through recording and permits stimulation circuitry simultaneous (bridge) injection Current electrodes. glass filled elec etrs ncmiainwt ml ihwih edtg,a4-pole a headstage, lightweight small a with combination in features, atflyrcr oetaswt uhhg eitne,teapiirinput amplifier the resistances, high such with potentials record faithfully esllwps itr n pinlpoebekwymk ta ideal an it make breakaway probe optional and filter, pass low Bessel nrae ox0a h urn neto rdeOtu.Iptjunction Input Output. Bridge injection current the at x10 to increased ntuetfres,acrt n re and accurate easy, for instrument eitnems ea es 0 ie rae.Teiptrssac fthe of resistance input The greater. times 100 least at be must resistance oetascnb opnae ihteIptOfe oto.I desired, If control. Offset Input the with compensated be can potentials E20i 00tmsgetr( 10 x (5 greater times 5000 is IE-210 nrclua Electrometer Intracellular IE-210 ihipdneeetoee eindseiial o nrclua studies intracellular for specifically designed electrometer impedance high A nrclua studies intracellular rds aems etknt ii h nu aaiac fthe of capacitance input the limit to taken be must care trodes, IE-210 tinjection. nt sa nrclua ireetoeapiirwt o os,low noise, low with amplifier microelectrode intracellular an is hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • 11 ibei liable oasr accurate assure to Ω) aiuao,teeoeteelectrode the therefore manipulator, taellrrcrigand recording ntracellular e a era ietyfo h CBlneda.Gi fteBig Output Bridge the of Gain dial. Balance DC the from directly read be can eann ta nu aaiac,u o5 F a enurlzdwt Cap with neutralized be can pF, 50 to capacitance, up input stray remaining diinlFeatures Additional made is electrode single a with recording and stimulation Simultaneous Injection Current xenlSiuu nu.Teitra oresple urnsu o±100 range to Low up the the currents to in supplies applied nA source voltage internal a The by Input. or Stimulus source external Current DC generated the are with currents internally Stimulus either circuit. bridge active an with possible injection xenlsgascnb faywvfr rD ee.Itra n external and Internal level. DC or waveform any of be can signals External tmlscret r umdwe ple simultaneously. applied when summed are currents stimulus op(aaiycmesto) ovneteetoerssac measurement resistance compensation). electrode (capacity Convenient Comp xesv aaiycmesto)i niae yteIptOela light. Overload Input the by indicated compensation) is capacity excessive otg rp costeeetoeaesbrce rmteBig Output Bridge the from subtracted are electrode the across drops Voltage sn h CBlneadA aac otos h eann output remaining The controls. Balance AC and Balance DC the using inli 1 ttefotpnladcnb wthslce ox0o 5 at x50 or x20 to switch-selected be can and panel front the at x10 is signal saalbeuigEetoeTs hc rdcsavlaepootoa othe proportional to voltage a produces which Test Electrode using available is lcrd eitne eliplmn sfclttdwt uzvoltage Buzz a with facilitated is impalement Cell resistance. electrode ersnstecl’ epnet h ple urn.Eetoeresistan Electrode current. applied the to response cell’s the represents vral nbt rqec n mltd)apidt h lcrd.An electrode. the to applied amplitude) and frequency both in (variable h erpnl h uptsga saalbea ihrtefl amplifier full the either at available is signal output The panel. rear the vrodco overload adit 3 H)o itrdwt h nenl4pl esllwps filter. pass low Bessel 4-pole internal the with filtered or kHz) (30 bandwidth rb Te Probe • ee:Te3 The Meter: • ifrnilApiir inl rmaohrapiircnbe can amplifier another from Signals Amplifier: Differential • itrTlgah h itrfeunyi noe yasepdDC stepped a by encoded is frequency filter The Telegraph: Filter • aiyvee nadree room. is darkened and a Current, in DC viewed stimulus easily the and voltage Output Amplifier with ple oteDfeeta nu n r hnsme ihteIE- the with summed then are and Input Differential the to applied rulsotn e-pproblems. set-up troubleshooting otg o nu oadt custo system. acquisition data a to input for voltage output. x1 210 etr sotnue o otpoei neto fde rdrugs. or dyes of injection iontophoretic for used often is feature dto tteipt(lce lcrd roclain asdby oscillations caused or electrode (blocked input the at ndition h rn ae rb etfclt,ara iesvrwhen time-saver real a facility, Test Probe panel front the t hcso mlfe prto r uc n convenient and quick are operation amplifier of Checks st: amplifiers 1 ⁄ n u and 2 ii E ee rvdsraot ftex1 the of readouts provides meter LED digit o±00n nteHg ag.Tecurrent The range. High the in nA ±1000 to p www.warneronline.com ce 205 amplifiers ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment IE-210 amplifiers Intracellular Electrometer (continued)

Electrode Holder Specifications (continued) An electrode holder is not included with the IE-210. Please purchase the Input Offset ±200 mV, referred to input holder separately based on your glass outer diameter. Electrical coupling Electrode Resist. Test 1 mV/MΩ (Low Range) between the electrode and headstage can be either a Ag wire or Ag-AgCl 10 mV/MΩ (High Range) pellet and is easily replaceable. The holder is supplied with the silver wire Buzz Amplitude variable 0 to 6 V, frequency variable 100 Hz installed and a pellet is included for conversion to a pellet type holder. to 10 kHz Current Injection Bridge: Optional Accessories Bridge operates in Low and High current ranges. The Remote Buzz (RB-1) control provides convenient remote operation of Specifications shown for each range where applicable. the Buzz voltage. It is supplied with a 3 m length cable. Bridge Resist. 0 to 100 MΩ and 0 to 1000 MΩ (Low Range) The Breakaway Box (BB-15) permits the application of large voltages to the Ranges 0 to 10 MΩ and 0 to 100 MΩ (High Range) electrode for iontophoretic injection of dyes or drugs. Voltages up to ±200 V Internal DC 0 to ±100 nA (Low Range) may be applied to the Breakaway input without damage to the probe input. Current Source 0 to ±1000 nA (High Range) Breakaway Current = applied voltage ÷ (electrode resistance + 2 M ). External Stimulus Current is limited by electrode resistance up Ω to maximums shown: ±10 V ÷ electrode R or 0.5 µA (Low Range) ±10 V ÷ electrode R or 5 µA (High Range) W4 64-0964 Max. Stimulus Input ±15 V thru W4 64-0967 Electrode Stimulus Input Resist. 10 KΩ Holder I Monitor Output 100 mV/nA (Low Range), 10 mV/nA (High Range) Bridge Output Gain x10 at front panel, x20 or x50 at rear panel Bridge Output Filter 4-pole low pass Bessel with cut-offs at 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 and 20 kHz Bridge Output Resist. 100 physiology Ω

Electro- 1 Meter 3 ⁄2 digit LED, Full Scale Ranges: Amplifier Output: 200 mV, 2 V and 20 V Current: 200 nA and 2 µA Power Requirements 100 to 130 or 220 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 10 VA Physical Dimensions: Probe 12.5 mm D x 6.2 cm L with 1.8 m L cable

amplifiers BB-15 Breakaway Case 8.9 x 43.2 x 30.5 cm (H x W x D) Box Shipping Weight 5.5 kg Warranty Three years, parts and labor

RB-1 * At x1 output Remote Buzz Order # Model Product W4 64-0039 IE-210 Intracellular Electrometer; Supplied with Probe and Rack Mount Hardware. Specify Line Operating Voltage if Other Than 100 to 130 VAC. W4 64-0042 2100 Replacement Headstage Optional Accessories W4 64-0040 BB-15 Breakaway Box Specifications W4 64-0041 RB-1 Remote Buzz Control W4 64-0964 ESP/W-F10N Electrode Holder, Straight 1.0mm Electrometer Section: for IE-210/251A Input Impedance 5 x 1011 shunted By 0.5 pF Ω W4 64-0965 ESP/W-F12N Electrode Holder, Straight 1.2mm Output Resistance 100 Ω for IE-210/251A Gain x1 ±0.1% W4 64-0966 ESP/W-F15N Electrode Holder, Straight 1.5mm Probe Input Range ±10 V for IE-210/251A

Risetime (10-90%) 25 µsec, measured through 20 MΩ W4 64-0967 ESP/W-F20N Electrode Holder, Straight 2.0mm Noise Level 25 µV p-p input shorted for IE-210/251A

(0.1 Hz – 10 kHz)* 250 µV p-p, 20 MΩ at input Capacitance Compensation 0 to 50 pF Leakage Current 1 pA typical, adjustable to zero

206 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com lo pcf ieoeaigvlaei te hn1010VAC. 100-130 than other if diameter. voltage outer operating glass line your specify on Also, based separately Electrode purchased An be probe. must a Holder with supplied is Electrometer Intracellular This anrInstruments Warner conditions: overload to attention call indicators visual Two Indicators Overdrive to and stimulation simultaneous allows IE-251A the of circuitry injection The Injection Current The ihcretpsigcpblt,icroaigtesm ai einas design basic same the incorporating capability, passing current with urn neto riataenle ihteD n rnin balance transient and DC the with nulled are artifact injection current aiu eitnet aiecroin t ml ieadlwmass low and size small Its corrosion. saline to resistance maximum as for choice excellent an and use to easy this is in IE-251A retained The been model. have cost noise, microelectrodes lower low glass for from required recording features free important drift The IE-210. costly more the otos h orce inli iwda h igeeddbig output. bridge single-ended the at viewed is signal corrected The controls. eodn hog ireetoerssacsu o1GΩ 1 to up resistances microelectrode through recording lcrd eitnei edfo h Cblnetntr dial. ten-turn balance DC the from read is resistance Electrode otgsa h tmlsIptaecnetdt osatc constant to converted are Input Stimulus the at Voltages emtes onigi ir-oiinr h lcrd odrsupplied holder electrode The micro-positioner. a in mounting easy permit h E21 etrsavr ml cieheadstag active small very a features IE-251A The lab. teaching student or researcher budget-conscious the h mlfe etrsinclude: features amplifier The input. probe the to directly connects nrclua Electrometer Intracellular IE-251A oeaeypie nrclua lcrmtrcmlt ihcretpsigcapability passing current with complete electrometer intracellular priced moderately A h lcrd.Tesed tt n rnin opnnso the of components transient and state steady The electrode. the sdwt h oecsl E20 px-eldcntuto affords construction Epoxy-sealed IE-210. costly more the with used urn vrrv an fecsievoltage excessive of warns Overdrive Current • • uhbto prtdBz rdcsoclain tpptetpto tip pipette at oscillations produces Buzz operated button Push • nu vrrv silmntdweee h rb nu voltage input probe the whenever illuminated is Overdrive Input • ovnetPoeTs otprisfs hc famplifier of check fast permits port Test Probe Convenient • ie an r tx n x10. and x1 at are gains Fixed • ucinptnil pt 20mliot r uldwt h DC the with nulled are millivolts ±200 to pF. up 50 potentials to Junction up capacitance input • neutralizes Compensation Capacity • IE-251A >0V ple oteSiuu Input. Stimulus the to applied V) (>50 lcrd etpoie ovnetelectrode convenient provides Test Electrode microelectrod b caused V, ±1 exceeds eitnecheck. resistance aiiaecl impalement. cell facilitate performance. P sto c osition samdrtl rcditaellreetoee,complete electrometer, intracellular priced moderately a is ontrol. ra pncrut(pno lce electrode). blocked or (open circuit open an or e hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • ihrecsiecrettruhthe through current excessive either y ,e e, snilytesame the ssentially ntoranges. two in ret applied urrents Buzz: Amplifier: Specifications 464-0043 W4 Accessories Optional Product Model 64-0090 W4 # Order output. x1 At * Warranty Weight Shipping Dimensions: Physical Requirements Power Injection: Current 464-0964 W4 64-1514 W4 464-0967 W4 64-0966 W4 64-0965 W4 urn neto ii 1Vdvddb lcrd r05µA, 0.5 or R electrode by divided V ±1 Limit Injection Current rqec variable Frequency variable Amplitude input to referred mV ±200 Test Electrode Current Leakage V M ±1 20 pF with 50 Range measured to Positioning µsec 0 DC 10 Range Voltage Input Probe Compensation Capacity 90%) to (10 Time Rise Gains Resistance Output Impedance Input rb Handle Probe Probe Size Case nA kΩ 50 1 = 1V Factor Scale Output Monitor I 100 Resist. Output Monitor V I ±50 Resist. Output Bal. Bridge kΩ 3.3 Input Stimulus Maximum Resistance Input Stimulus os Level Noise aac Ranges Balance 50RpaeetHeadstage Replacement 2510 Electrometer Intracellular IE-251A S/-1NEetoeHle,Straight Holder, Electrode ESP/W-F10N Electrometer Intracellular IE-251A S/-2NEetoeHle,Straight Holder, Electrode ESP/W-F20N Straight Holder, Electrode ESP/W-F15N Straight Holder, Electrode ESP/W-F12N amplifiers lcrd odr o IE-210/251A, for Holders Electrode .m ls DfrIE-210/251A for OD glass 2.0mm IE-210/251A for OD glass 1.5mm IE-210/251A for OD glass 1.2mm IE-210/251A for OD glass 1.0mm VAC 200/240 IE-210/251A, for Holders Electrode VAC 110 mV/MΩ 1 zero to Adjustable x10 and x1 >10 . mx65c DxL) x (D cable cm L 6.5 m x 1.8 mm with 6.5 L) x (D cm 6.5 D) x x mm W 9.5 x (H cm 25.4 x 20.3 x 12.5 o10MΩ 100 to 0 5 Vpp 0MΩ 20 p-p, µV 250 hcee cusfirst occurs whichever w er,prs&labor & parts years, Two kg 4.5 VA 10 Hz, 50/60 V, 240 to 220 or 130 to 100 01H o1 H) 5µ - nu shorted input p-p µV 25 kHz)* 10 to Hz (0.1 0 zt 0kHz 10 to Hz 100 V 15 to 0 100 11 Ω Ω Ω hne y05pF 0.5 by shunted www.warneronline.com n o10 MΩ 1000 to 0 and tinput at Ω resistor 207 amplifiers ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment DP-301 & DP-304 amplifiers Differential Amplifier: Single Channel and 4-Channel

Single and four channel AC/DC differential pre-amplifiers suited for EEG, EKG and extracellular recording

DP-304 DP-301

The DP-300 Series are AC/DC differential amplifiers highly suited for EEG, Specifications EKG and extracellular recording. Features include high input impedance, Voltage Gain, AC & DC x100, x1,000 & x10,000 high common mode rejection [100 dB @ 60 Hz], low noise, high gain, high Input Resistance 1012 typical tolerance to DC, and bandwidth filtering. Ω Leakage Current 50 pA typical at the input has 100 m High Input Z, High CMR Common Mode Rejection 100 dB min (100,000:1) at 60 Hz High common mode rejection (CMR) is very important in minimizing Noise, Input Shorted 10 µV p-p, 1 Hz to 10 kHz, ≈ 14 nV/ Hz @ 10 KHz physiology electrical interference. The high input resistance of the DP-300 Series Maximum Electro- (1012 Ω typical) ensures that the instrument’s high CMR will not be Low Frequency (high pass) degraded by differences in source impedance at the input. This is Filter Settings 0.1, 1.0, 10 & 300 Hz important in extracellular recording, where the difference in resistance of High Frequency (low pass) the recording and indifferent electrode is often large. Filter Settings 0.1, 1.0, 3.0 & 10 kHz Calibration Signal 1 mV p-p at 10 Hz

amplifiers High DC Tolerance Extracellular action potentials are typically measured in microvolts but are Max. Common Mode Signal ±3 V usually accompanied by much larger DC electrode voltages. DP-300 Series Output Voltage Swing ±10 V are designed to amplify these microvolt level events with as much as ±3 Output Resistance 220 V DC at the input. Input & Output Connectors BNC High Gain, Low Noise & Bandwidth Limiting Power Requirements: With gain selections at x100, x1000 and x10,000, even microvolt signals DP-301 4 x 9 V alkaline batteries are sufficiently amplified for computer and recorder inputs. Noise is very DP-304 110 to 130 or 220 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 10 VA low, typically 10 µV p-p at 1 Hz to 10 kHz bandwidth. Reducing the Physical Size, H x W x D: bandwidth with the low pass and high pass filters further lowers noise. DP-301 8.8 x 20 x 17.5 cm Calibration Signal DP-304 17.8 x 43.2 x 25 cm The internal Cal signal provides a convenient check of amplifier gain and Shipping Weight DP-301: 2.3 kg; DP-304: 6.8 kg operation. Warranty: Battery Powered/Portable DP-301 DP-301 Two years, parts and labor (excluding batteries) The single channel DP-301 is powered with 4 standard 9 V transistor DP-304 Three years, parts and labor batteries yielding approximately 500 hours of normal operation. The small size of the DP-301 makes it possible to be placed at the Order # Model Product measurement site or inside a Faraday cage. End of battery life is indicated W4 64-0044 DP-301 Differential Amplifier, by the Low Bat light. Single Channel Bench Top Rack Mounted DP-304 W4 64-0045 DP-304 Differential Amplifier, 4-Channel Rack Mount Case. The DP-304 is housed in a rack mounting cabinet and is line powered. Each Channel Supplied with IC-2S Input Cables Input Cables, qty. of 2 The standard IC-2S input cables (2/channel) are BNC and unterminated at W4 64-0046 IC-2S Replacement Input Cable Set, the outboard end. Optionally available are BNC cables with 2 mm pin and qty. of 2 alligator clip, (p/n IC-4M). There is no additional cost if specified at time W4 64-0047 IC-4M Replacement Input Cable Set, of order. qty. of 2

208 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com utbefruewt ihipdnegasor glass impedance high with use for Suitable • ml ciehasaewihcnb one in mounted be can which headstage active Small • anrInstruments Warner and gain amplifier of check convenient a provides signal Cal internal An Signal Calibration microvolt even x10,000, and x1000 x100, x10, at Limiting selections Bandwidth gain With & Noise Low Gain, High w events DC level is microvolt DP-311 these The amplify voltages. to electrode designed DC larger are much but by microvolts accompanied in usually measured typically are potentials action Extracellular Tolerance DC High electrical minimizing in important very is rejection mode common High CMR High Z, Input High The Hz 60 at dB 120 rejection: mode common Excellent • yia)e typical) n xrclua eodn sn ls rmtlmcolcrds Features microelectrodes. metal or glass using recording extracellular and eodn n nifrn lcrd sotnlarge. often is electrode the indifferent of and resistance recording in difference the where recording, extracellular operation. differ nld ihiptipdne ihcmo oerjcin[2 Bat dB [120 rejection mode common high impedance, input high include nefrne h ihiptrssac fteD-1 eis(10 Series DP-311 the of resistance input high The interference. inl r ufcetyapiidfrcmue n eodript.Noise inputs. recorder and computer for amplified sufficiently are signals 0H] o os,hg an ihD oeac,bnwdhfleigand filtering bandwidth tolerance, DC high gain, high noise, low Hz], 60 svr o,tpcly8µ - t1H o1 H adit.Rdcn the Reducing bandwidth. kHz 10 to Hz 1 at p-p µV 8 typically low, very is natv headstage. active an adit ihtelwps n ihps itr ute oesnoise. lowers further filters pass high and pass low the with bandwidth ifrnilApiirwt cieHeadstage Active with Amplifier Differential DP-311 h P31A/Cdfeeta r-mlfe shgl utdfrEG K n xrclua recording extracellular and EKG EEG, for suited highly is pre-amplifier differential AC/DC DP-311 The DP-311 ea microelectrodes metal micromanipulators tteinput. the at P31A/CDfeeta Amplifier Differential AC/DC DP-311 ne nsuc meac tteipt hsi motn in important is This input. the at impedance source in ences srsta h ntuetshg M ilntb erddby degraded be not will CMR high instrument’s the that nsures hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • shgl utdfrEG EKG EEG, for suited highly is t smc s± Volts ±2 as much as ith 12 Ω otg an C&D 1,x0,x,0 x10,000 & x1,000 x100, x10, Resistance Input DC & AC Gain, Voltage Specifications re oe Product 64-1323 W4 64-1423 W4 Model 64-1422 W4 # Order cm 18 x 21.25 x 5.1 VA 10 Warranty Hz, 50/60 VAC, 270 to 90 Weight BNC Shipping D x W x H Size, Physical Requirements Power 50 Connector 10) of Output gain in V (±5 V ±10 Connectors Input Resistance Output set gain Swing V any Voltage ±2 output, Output at min mV ±600 Signal Mode Common Max. Signal Calibration Range Control Offset Settings Filter typical, kHz 10 to Hz 1 p-p, Settings µV Filter 8 pass) (high Frequency Low Hz 60 at :1) (1,000,000 min dB 120 Shorted Input Noise, Rejection Mode Common Current Leakage ihFeuny(o pass) (low Frequency High P31Headstage DP-311 J- mJc nnuae,pg f5 of pkg. uninsulated, Jack mm 2 Headstage Replacement Amplifier Differential PJ2-5 3110 DP-311 amplifiers Vppa 0 Hz 100 at p-p mV 1 kHz 50 10, & 3.0 1.0, 0.3, 0.1, Hz 300 & 10 1.0, 0.1, DC, ≈ 10 w er,prsadlabor and parts years, Two kg 2.3 spacing mm) (12.7 in 0.5" pins, male mm 2 typical pA 1.0 12 4n/H 0KzMaximum KHz 10 @ Hz nV/ 14 Ω Ω typical www.warneronline.com 209 amplifiers ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment Model HiZ-223 amplifiers Dual Channel Differential Electrometer

The HiZ-223 is a very high input impedance, dual channel electrometer designed for measurements with high resistance ion-selective microelectrodes physiology Electro-

Specifications • 1015 Input Resistance Ω 15 Input Resistance 10 Ω amplifiers • Designed for measurements with ion-selective microelectrodes Input Capacitance 1.0 pF nominal Input Leakage Current 75 fA max • Probe Test Port Voltage Gain 1.000 ± 0.1% • Standby mode protects input amplifiers Output Resistance 50 Ω • Driven Guard Shield reduces stray capacity Input Voltage Swing ± 10 V and noise Risetime 5 µs (10 -90%, small signal) Output Noise (input shorted) 100 µV peak-to-peak The HiZ-223 is a very high input impedance, dual channel electrometer Baseline Stability ± 0.1 mV/day designed for measurements with high resistance ion-selective Position Control Range ± 600 mV microelectrodes. The amplifier features two small active headstages, allowing the first stage of amplification to take place at the electrode Power Requirements 90 to 265 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 10 VA site. Shunt capacity is reduced and electrical interference, such as Physical Dimensions: electrostatic noise and motion artifact, common with this type of Case Size 8.8 x 21 x 17.5 cm (H x W x D) recording, are greatly minimized. Probe 12.7 mm x 6.5 cm (D x W) with 1.8 m cable length To further reduce the noise and stray capacity, the probe housing includes Shipping Weight 2.5 kg a signal driven guard. A portion of this inner driven shell is exposed at the Warranty Two years, parts & labor probe tip allowing a spring shield to be extended over the electrode holder and microelectrode. Order # Model Product The amplifier features a probe test port that permits testing of the W4 64-1650 HiZ-223 Dual Differential Electrometer electrode test feature and setting of the probe leakage current, (IG). Accessories/Replacement Parts A standby mode is included and should be used when attaching glass W4 64-1651 HiZP Replacement Probe microelectrode or electrode holders to the probe input. While in the W4 64-1658 DG-1 Driven Guard Shield Pkg. 2 standby mode the voltage at the probe input is clamped near zero volts W4 64-0980 ESP-F10N E Series Holder for 1.0 mm glass OD thus protecting the input. W4 64-0981 ESP-F12N E Series Holder for 1.2 mm glass OD W4 64-0982 ESP-F15N E Series Holder for 1.5 mm glass OD W4 64-0983 ESP-F20N E Series Holder for 2.0 mm glass OD

210 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com nu fstadjustment offset Input control • single with selection Frequency x200 • to gains amplifier Differential • akmountable Rack • • anrInstruments Warner kg 4.6 Warranty VA 15 Weight Hz, Shipping 50/60 VAC 200-250 or VAC 100-130 50 V 2.5 = Gain x1 steps, V 0.5 in V Requirements 6.0 Power to V 2.5 Impedance Output Output Telegraph Gain Hz 10 Gains Hz 0.1 Resolution Range High Resolution Range Low Ranges: Frequency Indicator Offset M 1 Range Input Impedance Input Input Specifications Bilayer, for control frequency greater Provides • Enclosure nu Offset Input -oelwps eslfle ihcutoff with filter Bessel pass low 8-Pole filter • Bessel 8-pole quality High • -oeBse itrwt CDfeeta mlfe–igeChannel Amplifier–Single Differential DC with Filter Bessel 8-Pole LPF-8 inlcniinrcmiiga -oeBse itrwt Camplifier DC a with filter Bessel 8-pole an combining conditioner signal A rqece rm01H o2 kHz. 20 to Hz 0.1 from frequencies iia rqec readout frequency Digital ac,adOct Clamps Oocyte and Patch, High Low years 2 Display LED 20 Differential DC akhrwr included hardware rack kHz 19.99 to Hz 10 Hz 199.9 to 0.1 compensation offset Max control; 10-turn with akMutCbnt ,44x4. 0cm 20 x 43.2 x 4.4 D, x W x H Cabinet, Mount Rack 1 2 5 1,x0 5,x0 n x200 and x100 x50, x20, x10, x5, x2, x1, V ±10 ags 10m n 10Vvral rmzero from variable V ±1.0 and mV ±100 Ranges, 2 hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • Ω Ω ahchannel each o asfilters pass low n rvdsspro oto fanalog Instruments of Warner control from superior filter provides Bessel and low-pass premier the is LPF-8 The outputs. telegraph 464-1524 W4 The re oe Product Model 64-0050 W4 # Order Conveniences User kHz. gain and indicator, clipping indicator, offset input visual readout, The permits which circuit encoded optically an features instrument This to instrument the allow inputs signal selectable Dual 200. to 1 from gains ogtr ntuetreliability. instrument long-term itradD mlfe.Seilfaue nld iia frequency digital a include features Special amplifier. DC and filter rqec eeto ntorne ihasnl oto.Sneteset the Since control. single a with ranges two in selection frequency modes. differential or inverted normal, in operate to configured be rqec oto sntapyia ato h itrn ici,adjustments circuit, filtering the i of the part to physical a not is control frequency rqec sdae pwt igertr oto n2ranges. 2 in control rotary single a with up dialed is Frequency • YASsic eet ulapiirbnwdhfrcmaio of comparison for bandwidth amplifier full selects switch BYPASS • h COFE/LPIGidctri eocne ipa s display center zero a is indicator OFFSET/CLIPPING DC The • antlgahsgasaepoie o aaaqiiinsystems. acquisition data for provided are signals telegraph Gain • LPF-8 nqecrutdsg ssn ehnclsicigwihinsures which switching mechanical no uses design circuit unique h ntueticroae o-assga itrn n output and filtering signal low-pass incorporates instrument The nstrum eouini . zo 0H,dpnigo ag selected. range on depending Hz, 10 or Hz 0.1 is Resolution two itrdaduflee signal. unfiltered and filtered n tidctsoela cipn)conditions. (clipping) overload indicates it and sasga odtoe obnn n8pl o asBessel pass low 8-pole an combining conditioner signal a is ucin;i sue sanl ee ihteofe control offset the with meter null a as used is it functions; n ontitouenieatfcsit h uptsignal. output the into artifacts noise introduce not do ent P- o asFle/CAmplifier, Filter/DC Pass Low LPF-8 P- o asFle/CAmplifier, Filter/DC Pass Low LPF-8 0-4 A 06 HZ 50/60 VAC 200-240 VAC 100-130 igeCanlRc Mount Rack Channel Single inlf signal www.warneronline.com leigfo . zt 20 to Hz 0.1 from iltering erving 211 low pass filters ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment LPF-100B and LPF-202Alow pass filters Low Pass Filters, Single and Dual Channel

These DC amplifier and signal conditioners are used to filter noise and boost signals to levels compatible with computers, chart recorders, and DAT recorders

LPF-100B (inset) and LPF-202A

physiology • Useful with Epithelial and Oocyte Clamps Specifications Electro-

Input Impedance 1 MΩ 4-Pole low pass Bessel filters with DC Amplifier Input Offset ±200 mV @ input Gains from 1 to 100 Gains x1, x2, x5, x10, x20, x50, & x100 LPF DC Amplifier/Filter signal conditioners are used to filter noise and Input Range ± 10V

o asfilters pass low boost signals to levels compatible with computers, chart recorders and Noise (referred to input) 12 µV RMS DC-5 kHz, 20 µV RMS wideband tape recorders. Built with analog circuitry, these instruments exhibit very Max. Output ±10 V low noise and excellent stability. Bandwidth 10 kHz @ x100 gain The 4-pole low pass Bessel filter frequencies are selected in six steps, Filter 4-Pole Bessel low pass from 100 Hz to 5 kHz and gains are selectable from 1 to 100 in seven -3 dB Frequencies 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2 & 5 kHz steps, both in 1, 2, 5 sequence. The full 10 kHz bandwidth is also Digital Meter (LPF-202A): available. DC signals at the input can be nulled with the Input Offset Low Range ±1.999 V control. If the gain is set too high for the signal being processed, the High Range ±19.999 V Overload indicator will light. Overload Indicator: Lights when output exceeds ±10 V Single & Dual Channel Models Power Requirements 100-130 VAC or 220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 3 VA The LPF-100B is a single channel bench top instrument. The LPF-202A is Physical Size, H x W x D: a dual-channel model packaged in a low profile rack mounting cabinet LPF-100B 6.3 x 14 x 23 cm, shipping weight 2.3 kg (hardware supplied). Both models have input shorting switches that are LPF-202A 4.4 x 43.2 x 20 cm, shipping weight 4.6 kg handy for quickly establishing a zero level at the input. The LPF-202A Warranty Two years, parts and labor also has a digital meter for reading DC or average voltage levels. Both models are line powered and covered by a 2-year warranty. Order # Model Product W4 64-0048 LPF-100B Low Pass Filter/DC Amplifier, Single Channel W4 64-0049 LPF-202A Low Pass Filter/DC Amplifier, Dual Channel Rack Mount W4 64-1510 LPF-100B Low Pass Filter/DC Amplifier, Single Channel, for 200 to 240 VAC W4 64-1511 LPF-202A Low Pass Filter/DC Amplifier, Dual Channel Rack Mount, for 200 to 240 VAC Rack mount hardware supplied with LPF-202A.

212 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com anrInstruments Warner nrdcint sigCabrSystems Chamber Ussing to Introduction o h netgto finctasotars pteilcls hte ydfuino cietransport active or diffusion by whether cells, epithelial across transport ionic of investigation the For 90 lsi sigSse pem o included) not (preamp System Ussing Classic U9500 uoa)adbsltrl(rsrsl ie ti the is It side. serosal) (or basolateral and mucosal) measurements. electrophysiology-based or diffusion- nUsn ytm sdt esr rnpr across transport measure to used System, Ussing An ptei r oa tutrspsesn naia (or apical an possessing structures polar are Epithelia pteilmmrns sgnrlycmrsdo a of comprised generally is membranes, epithelial oeeto lcrlts o-lcrlts n H and non-electrolytes, electrolytes, of movement hme n efso ytm n,i edd an needed, if and, system, perfusion and chamber efrigspotn oe.Te‘lsi’chamber ‘Classic’ components The other roles. the supporting performing with chamber the the in of lies heart system The system. acquisition data and amplifier asUsn nteery15’,i tl nwd use wide in still is 1950’s, early the in Ussing physiologistHans Danish the by introduced first design, oa.Hwvr eea ee ein r now are designs newer several However, today. vial t available a piiefrcneineadfor and convenience for optimize hat hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • ussing/diffusion 2 O eldsge sigcabrspot nepithelia an supports chamber Ussing designed well A glands. sweat and salivary and pancreas, tubes, ebaeo elmnlyri uhawyta each that way a such in monolayer cell or membrane renal including sources various from monolayers anrisrmnsofr ayUsn ytmcmoet embodying components system Ussing many offers instruments Warner Approach Systems A Amplifier • data acquire to ability control, The gas and Temperature • • control, perfusion gas with and chamber Temperature A • • perfusion with chamber A • system Diffusion-based diffusion- or electrophysiology- either for used be can systems Ussing Types Study T eerhr sigsseshv enue omake to used been the have to systems interest Ussing researcher. of is that membrane this across hme-af hscniuainalw h researcher separate the a allows faces configuration and This chamber-half. isolated is membrane the of side dimension r eeal necagal ihec te ie,alteap are amps the all (i.e., other each with interchangeable components generally various are the Fortunately, philosophies. design different several based ihrsd ftemmrn ihcmlt control. complete with membrane the of to side adjustments either electrical and chemical unique make to custo ytm eeatcmoet include: components Relevant system. acquisition o nslcigtebs opnnsfryu application. your for components guiding best towards the eye selecting an in with you design chamber Ussing each with associated esrmnsfo aietsu nldn stomach, including tissue native from measurements ailbe.Frcneine ewl osdrrdorcrsuisto studies radiotracer consider will we is convenience, transport For under radiolabled. species ionic the wherein studies radiotracer optbewt l h hmes.Wieti rsnsteptnilfra for potential the presents this While chambers). the all with compatible ag n ml netn,gl n rnr bladder, urinary and gall intestine, small and large prt ihntecneto ifso-o electrophysiology-based or diffusion- a of context the within operate kn n tra and skin, hl ahapoc ecie bv ae s facabradfluid and chamber a of use makes above described approach each While system. ra ereo lxblt n utmzto,i a loices the increase also can it customization, and flexibility of degree great adigsse,a lcrpyilg-ae setup electrophysiology-based an system, handling opnnsfryu need system your Ussing for of components combination optimum the selecting of complexity he isehligaprtstsu odn apparatus holding tissue needed if apparatus holding tissue and system olo hsatcei ootieteavnae n disadvantages and advantages the outline to is article this of goal tde,o o obnto fbt.Te a lob sdfor used be also can They both. of combination a for or studies, facretado otg lm mlfe n data and amplifier clamp voltage and/or current a of ha swl sfo isedrvdcell derived tissue from as well as chea, s. lcrpyilg-ae system Electrophysiology-based aaaqiiinsystem acquisition Data • fneeded if and system n software and www.warneronline.com a t has eadded he 213 ussing/diffusion ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment Introduction to Ussingussing/diffusion Chamber Systems (continued)

Ussing Measurements A basic understanding of different Ussing measurements commonly made can guide you in determining which components best fit your needs when building a system. As stated earlier, Ussing systems can be defined as being either diffusion- or electrophysiology-based. A diffusion-based system is generally focused on measuring transepithelial fluid transport and is used to follow net movement of H O 2 or solute across the membrane. By itself, diffusion-based systems do not provide specific information regarding the underlying transport mechanism and are best suited towards measurements of leaky epithelia characterized by electroneutral transport. While fluid transport can result in a volume change in the recording chamber, it is usually quantitated by measuring a corresponding change in a volume marker. Volume markers include changes in salt or dye concentration, or changes in physical characteristics such as fluid capacitance or resistance. Advantages of fluid transport measurements using a volume marker include good temporal resolution and sensitivity to small fluxes (volume changes as low as ±1 nl/min have been reported). A disadvantage is the requirement for small volume chambers. An electrophysiology-based system focuses on measuring transepithelial electrical responses to experimental perturbations. These systems are used to quantitate the operation of electrogenic pathways in the physiology

Electro- membrane (e.g., ion pumps, channels, etc). As such, an electrophysiology- based system carries the additional hardware requirement of a voltage The Components and/or current clamp amplifier, a data acquisition system, and An Ussing system is comprised of a chamber and perfusion system, and if collection/analysis software. needed, an amplifier and data acquisition package. If working at defined temperatures, then a circulating water bath is also needed for the heat Basic measurement parameters in electrophysiology-based Ussing

ussing/diffusion jackets. systems include transmembrane voltage (Vt), epithelial membrane resistance (Rt), and short circuit current (ISC; the current required to bring The Chamber System Vt to 0 mV). A limitation with these systems is that non-electrogenic ion While decisions need to be made for each step in assembling a complete transport mechanisms such as fluid transport and electroneutral ion Ussing system, the greatest complexity is associated with choosing the transport cannot be directly monitored. This limitation, however, can be chamber and its associated tissue support. Once these elements have addressed by employing indirect or secondary measurements such as ion been addressed, then the task of selecting the other components replacement, transport inhibition, and the use of hormones and second (amplification, data acquisition, etc) is more or less direct. messengers. All Ussing chamber systems have the following features in common: a The use of radioisotope tracers is one measurement technique deserving means to hold the membrane while minimizing tissue damage, a means special mention. This technique can be applied equally well to both for holding and exchanging solutions, a means to facilitate precise diffusion- and electrophysiology-based measurements and is usually electrode placement, and a means to control solution temperature employed to provide information regarding ion-specific transport and gas load. mechanisms. For example, a diffusion-based model cannot identify the Ussing chamber systems from Warner include the Classic, introduced by fluid being transported or if the measured volume change is the result of Ussing in the 50’s, Self-Contained, incorporating the full classic setup a hydrostatic or osmotic process. Finally, if an osmotic-driven volume within a small housing, and Multi-Channel systems, allowing change is mediated by an ionic mechanism, then the responsible ion is simultaneous measurement from many epithelia in parallel. Most not identified. By comparison, a limitation with the electrophysiology- chamber systems, except the Classic and NaviCyte Vertical make use based model is that while ionic transport can be measured, the specific of inserts allowing them to accommodate various tissues as well as ion crossing the membrane is not specifically determined. This is cultured cells on permeable supports (e.g., Snapwell, Millicell, Falcon, especially true for multi-ionic salt conditions. For both cases, the use of a and Transwell) without having to purchase a separate chamber for radiolabeled ionic species allows for directly monitoring ion-specific each support. translocation for the two measurement systems described above.

214 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com hme rmtetp eprtr oto spoie i nexternal an via provided is control Temperature top. the from chamber h Multi-channel The Self-contained The Insert with Classic The Classic The igeadda hne models. channel dual and single the into placed easily is that insert) (an assembly piece two a into mount and electrodes, (chamber, apparatus full the houses but system Classic EasyMou ti opie faclnrcltsu odrt hc h lcrdsand electrodes the which to holder tissue cylindrical a of comprised is It mount icltn ae ah efcnandcabr r vial nboth in available are chambers Self-contained bath. water circulating cells cultured or Tissues block. Lucite single a within system) perfusion odayhr rm2t 4idpnetcabr dpnigo design) on (depending chambers independent 24 to 2 from anywhere hold rv iclto n opoiegstnin eevisaeaalbei 4, in available are Reservoirs tension. gas provide to and circulation drive ytmecp httetsusaespotdvaisrs hssystem This inserts. via supported are tissues the that except system lmigatc.Tsusaemutddrcl noadaecompressed are and onto directly mounted are Tissues attach. plumbing n ocul h efso n lcrnccmoet otechambers. the to components electronic and perfusion the couple to and 0 n 0m volumes. ml 20 and 10, lospot utrdclso npel ilcl,Flo,o Transwell or Falcon, Millicell, Snapwell, on cells cultured supports also ewe h w hme-avs ait ftsu hmesare chambers tissue of variety A chamber-halves. two the between The • The • aiyecabr r vial nbt oiotladvertical and horizontal both in available are chambers Navicyte The • in configuration. available vertical only the are chambers EasyMount the and configurations utr cups. culture vial ihbt on n lte pnns h nlsdbaths enclosed The basol openings. (apical, slotted and round both with available (continued) nrdcint sigCabrSystems Chamber Ussing to Introduction ifso-ae tde n comdtsfo o2 chambers. 24 to 1 from accommodates and studies diffusion-based ise r upre ietyi h hme lc n oisr is insert no and block chamber the in directly supported are Tissues n r eldsge o lcrpyilg-ae measurements electrophysiology-based for designed well are and eurd oee,acabrbokspotn npelisr is insert Snapwell available. a also supporting block chamber a However, required. nefc.Nvct oiotlcabr aeueo onigrn or ring mounting a of use air/liquid make an chambers at Horizontal layers Navicyte mucosal interface. studying for ideal is and chambers abr u ifri htte eur h s fa nett secure to chamber. insert the an into of tissue use the the place require and they that c in Vertical differ Navicyte but the hambers to similar visually are chambers EasyMount npelisr ospottetsu finterest. of tissue the support to insert Snapwell bv h hme.Tersrorue gslf’mcaimto mechanism ‘gas-lift’ a uses reservoir The chamber. the above s EasyMount aiyeVertical Navicyte aiyeHorizontal Navicyte tdsgs ohdsgsmk s faspotasml to assembly support a of use make designs Both designs. nt stefnaetlcabrsse sdsge yUssing. by designed as system chamber fundamental the is trl a ateral) ofgrto comdtsfo o8chambers 8 to 2 from accommodates configuration hme ytm nld h aiyeand Navicyte the include systems chamber hme ytm rvd l ftefaue fthe of features the of all provide systems chamber eprue i ls iclto eevi that reservoir circulation glass a via perfused re hme ytmi h aea h Classic the as same the is system chamber ofgrto swl eindfor designed well is configuration ofgrto comdtsfo o6 to 1 from accommodates configuration ussing/diffusion and hne mlfes n ial,teVCM6adVCM8sxadeight and six VCC-MC8 and VCC-MC6 the finally, and amplifiers, channel Computer aaaqiiini eesr o olcigdt rmteUsn system Ussing the from data collecting for necessary is acquisition Data Packages Acquisition Data the with a compatible described all systems amplifiers, chamber of selection large a measurement. offers electrophysiology-based Warner making if required is amplifier An Amplifier The b l nasnl o.A uh eaaeapiiraddt acquisition data and amplifier separate a software such, the As and box. computer, single a a 6), in or all 4, (2, amplifiers several houses that uulyfo h mlfe hnmkn lcrpyilgclrecordings) electrophysiological making when amplifier the from (usually hne mlfes respectively. amplifiers, channel ytmaentnee hnuigteMlicapwt Software. with Multi-clamp the using when needed not are system eodaqiiinsse fee steHI18 uptfo Warner's from Output HAI-118. the is offered system acquisition second A system. acquisition Analyze n rcsigi noadgtlfr o ae nlsso optr The computer. a on analysis later for form digital a into it processing and a efddrcl noteHI18 h otg lm rtcli the in protocol clamp voltage The HAI-118. the clamps, into voltage directly epithelial fed Series be VCC can the well as EC-825A, and EC-800 hr saohroto,hwvr htbasseilm special bears that however, option, another is There to four possible. of channels data epithelial of six recording makes section stimulator program's LabScribe asic C-0 igecanlapiir,teE-2AadVCM2dual VCC-MC2 and EC-825A the amplifiers, channel single VCC-600 ytmofrdfrti ups yWre steAqieand Acquire the is Warner by purpose this for offered system otoldMlicapwt otae hsi nqepackage unique a is This Software. with Multi-clamp Controlled oe vial pin nld h EC-800 the include options Available bove. nin T ention. i sthe is his 215 ussing/diffusion ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment U9500 & U2520 ussing/diffusion Classic Ussing Systems

The Classic system as designed by H.H. Ussing

The investigation of ionic transport across epithelial A newer design, the U9520 ‘Classic with Inserts’ cells was greatly facilitated by the development of a allows for insertion of cell culture or tissue supports chamber system designed by Dr. H. H. Ussing more and greatly increases the functionality of the classic than 40 years ago. Today this equipment bears his Ussing chamber. The low initial cost of the Classic name. The U9500 ‘Classic’ design presented here design, coupled with the modest cost of add-on varies little from Dr. Ussing’s original equipment components, makes this system an ideal option for which remains in wide use for the study of classroom instruction and in-the-field research. electrophysiological properties of epithelial tissues.

U9500 Classic Ussing System (preamp not included) The Classic Ussing Chamber Systems The U9500 and U9520 are complete chamber systems consisting of an Ussing chamber, chamber support stand, circulation reservoir, 3-prong clamp, air/gas fitting kit, and electrode set. Both systems are virtually identical with the difference embodied in the actual chamber. U9500 ‘Classic’ Ussing Chambers The U9500 ‘Classic’ chambers are machined from solid acrylic into two

physiology halves and have vertical and horizontal ports in each half for connection Electro- to the circulation system and for making electrical connections. The face of one chamber-half is imbedded with sharp stainless-steel pins which mate with corresponding holes in the other chamber-half face. These pins allow for puncturing and positioning of an epithelium

ussing/diffusion membrane within the chamber. Chambers are available in a variety of sizes and pin configurations. In the ‘Classic’ design, a separate chamber must be purchased for each different desired pin configuration. This is a good choice if you intend to study a single tissue type as the assembly is direct and simple. U9520 ‘Classic with Inserts’ Ussing Chambers The U9520 ‘Classic with Inserts’ chamber is functionally similar to the U9500 except that it makes use of low-cost adapters (inserts) to position and support tissues or cultured cells within the chamber body. Inserts are interchangeable and permit the researcher to investigate a variety of tissues without having to purchase a separate chamber for each different tissue. The U9520 ‘Classic with Inserts’ chamber is mounted in the standard support stand and procedures for experimentation are the same as with the ‘Classic’ system.

216 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com CO anrInstruments Warner reservoirs circulation side), (per capacities ml 20 and 10, 4, in Available Volumes 3 Reservoirs, Circulation a accommodate to mm 3.5 to 1.6 from widths slot in and from mm diameters 13.5 in to openings 3.8 pinned with available are chambers U9500 configurations Chamber ohU50adU50cabr r vial ihadwtotdrains. without and with available are chambers U9520 and U9500 Both iehstootesa h aefrcneto otepruinfittings perfusion the to connection for base the at Each outlets glass. two borosilicate has from side made apparatus hand-blown sided, two are Millicell, ocm nocnatwt h ufrslto.Tersn ube drive bubbles rising The solution. buffer the with contact into come to h ptei ne td.Teseiiddaee eintstemain the designates diameter specified on The depends study. configuration under pin epithelia of the choice The dimensions. tissue of variety iclto n xgnt h ufr hsmto scmol eerdto referred commonly is method This buffer. the oxygenate and circulation nteascae sigcabrhl.Ec ieas a separate a has also side Each chamber-half. Ussing associated the on membrane. the with contact makes buffer the which to opening sa‘a-it efso system. perfusion ‘gas-lift’ a as i/a inlet air/gas f available also 3.8 are from Inserts diameters mm. in 13.5 openings to with available are inserts chamber U9520 lsi sigSses(continued) Systems Ussing Classic U2520 & U9500 Aldmnin nmillimeters in dimensions *All iseIsr ie,Oeig n i Layouts Pin and Openings Sizes, Insert Tissue 2 itr,i ocdudrlwpesr noteeilt n allowed and inlets these into pressure low under forced is mixture, npel n Transwell. and Snapwell, od to ietecruainsse.Gs omnya9%O 95% a commonly Gas, system. circulation the rive hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • rc or luecp rmFalcon, from cups ulture ussing/diffusion 2 /5% h aktadalwn hroeuaino h efso ouin.Glass solutions. perfusion the of thermoregulation allowing and access jacket for the port outlet or inlet an either has arm reservoir horizontal Each ahcabri upidwt 97AEetoeStcmrsdo 4 of comprised Set Electrode U9975A a with supplied is Fittings chamber Each Bridge Agar and Sets Electrode odnesaepoie omnmz vprtv ouinlse rmthe from losses solution evaporative minimize to provided are through condensers pumped is temperature desired the at Water jacket. water the to lcrds gAC elteetoe frvlae a voltage) electrodes (for electrodes pellet Ag-AgCl 2 electrodes, onco opu noteapiirheadstage. amplifier the into plug to connector o.Rsror are. Reservoirs top. losple r urtprftig htsrwot h lcrdsto electrodes the onto screw that fittings taper Luer are supplied Also rvd naa atbig oncinit h hme.Ftig a be can Fittings chamber. the into connection bridge salt agar an provide ildwt grete eoeo fe sebyot h electrodes. the onto assembly after or before either agar with filled Reservoir Circulation frcret.Eetoe nld ee 3fe)o ieada and wire of feet) (3 meter 1 include Electrodes current). (for www.warneronline.com d2A wire Ag 2 nd 217 ussing/diffusion ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment U9500 & U2520 ussing/diffusion Classic Ussing Systems (continued)

How To Order: • Select Base Assembly with desired reservoir size. Systems include support stand with rods, circulation reservoir, 3-prong clamp, U9303 Air/Gas Fitting Kit, U9975A Electrode Set, and U9965EP Electrode Bridge Fitting Kit. • Select chamber. Choices are ‘Classic’ or ‘Classic with Insert’. Both available with or without drains. • Finally, if using ‘Classic with Insert’, select desired insert.

Order # Model Product Base Assembly W4 64-0500R4 U95004R Classic Ussing Base Assembly with 4 ml circulation reservoir W4 64-0500R10 U950010R Classic Ussing Base Assembly with 10 ml circulation reservoir W4 64-0500R20 U950020R Classic Ussing Base Assembly with 20 ml circulation reservoir ‘Classic’ Chambers Without Drains With Drains w/o with W4 64-0504 W4 64-0512 U9504 ‘Classic’ Chamber with 3.8 mm D round opening W4 64-0505 W4 64-0513 U9506 ‘Classic’ Chamber with 6.0 mm D round opening W4 64-0506 W4 64-0514 U9509 ‘Classic’ Chamber with 9.0 mm D round opening W4 64-0507 W4 64-0515 U9512 ‘Classic’ Chamber with 12.0 mm D round opening W4 64-0508 W4 64-0516 U9513 ‘Classic’ Chamber with 13.5 mm D round opening W4 64-0509 W4 64-0517 U9504SP-1 ‘Classic’ Chamber with 1.5 x 7.0 mm slotted opening W4 64-0510 W4 64-0518 U9504SP-2 ‘Classic’ Chamber with 2.5 x 7.0 mm slotted opening physiology

Electro- W4 64-0511 W4 64-0519 U9504SP-3 ‘Classic’ Chamber with 3.5 x 7.0 mm slotted opening ‘Classic with Insert’ Chamber Without Drains With Drains W4 64-0532 W4-64-0533 U9521 ‘Classic with Insert’ Chamber, no insert

ussing/diffusion Order # Model Product Order # Model Product Chamber Inserts Accessories and replacement parts Inserts with pins W4 64-0553 U9565EP Electrode Bridge Fittings, W4 64-0539 U9524B-04 3.8 mm Round Insert with 5 Pins pkg. of 12, and Adapters, pkg. of 6 W4 64-0540 U9524B-06 6.0 mm Round Insert with 5 Pins W4 64-0554 U9975A Electrode Set, 2 Ag/AgCl Pellet, 2 Ag Wire W4 64-0541 U9524B-09 9.0 mm Round Insert with 5 Pins W4 64-0555 U9985 Bridge Fitting Adapters, pkg. of 6 W4 64-0542 U9524B-12 12.0 mm Round Insert with 5 Pins W3 64-0556 U9304 Circulation reservoir, W4 64-0543 U9524B-13 13.5 mm Round Insert with 5 Pins 4 ml total volume Inserts with o-rings W3 64-0557 U9310 Circulation reservoir, W4 64-0534 U9524A-04 3.8 mm Round Insert with O-Ring 10 ml total volume W4 64-0535 U9524A-06 6.0 mm Round Insert with O-Ring W3 64-0558 U9320 Circulation reservoir, W4 64-0536 U9524A-09 9.0 mm Round Insert with O-Ring 20 ml total volume W4 64-0537 U9524A-12 12.0 mm Round Insert with O-Ring W4 64-0560-4ml U9302-4 Condenser Set for 4 ml Circulation Reservoir, Set of 2 W4 64-0538 U9524A-12 13.5 mm Round Insert with O-Ring W4 64-0560-10ml U9302-10 Condenser Set for 10 ml Inserts for culture cups Circulation Reservoir, Set of 2 W4 64-0549 U9524S Snapwell™ Adapter W4 64-0560-20ml U9302-20 Condenser Set for 20 ml W4 64-0544 U9524F-09 Falcon® Adapter, 9 mm Circulation Reservoir, Set of 2 W4 64-0545 U9524F-12 Falcon® Adapter, 12 mm W4 64-0561 U9303 Air/Gas Connection Kit W4 64-0546 U9524F-25 Falcon® Adapter, 25 mm W4 64-0562 U9403 Support Stand with One Ring W4 64-0547 U9524M-12 Millicell® Adapter, 12 mm Stand Rod W4 64-0548 U9524M-30 Millicell® Adapter, 30 mm W4 64-0563 U9403R Ring Stand Rod W4 64-0550 U9524T-06 Transwell® Adapter, 6.5 mm W4 64-0564 U9404 3-Prong Clamp W4 64-0551 U9524T-12 Transwell® Adapter, 12 mm W4 64-0567 SL-6U Stopcocks with Luer Connectors for U9926 and U2500 W4 64-0552 U9524T-24 Transwell® Adapter 24 mm W4 64-0165 SL-6 Stopcocks, pkg. of 6

218 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com U9926 & U2500 ussing/diffusion Self-Contained Ussing Chambers

The Classic system in a small package. Inserts available tfor excised tissue and cultured cells

The U9926 and U2500 Self-Contained Ussing chambers improve on the Classic design by bringing the solution reservoir into the chamber housing. This dramatically reduces the size of the apparatus and increases the ease-of-use of the system.

U9926 Single U2500 Dual Channel Channel Chamber Chamber (2 Inserts) Electro- physiology

Plug-in Cartridge (A) U2500 Dual Channel The Self-Contained Ussing Chamber Chamber (2 Inserts) Systems Exploded View The Self-Contained Ussing Chambers systems come in single- and dual- Plug-in Cartridge (B) channel models and offer many advantages over the Classic design. The

single-channel U9926 and dual-channel U2500 are shown above. Both ussing/diffusion

Chamber Half-Cell systems make use of inserts to secure and position the tissue or culture cup within the chamber body. Reservoir Cover Chamber bodies (single- and dual-chamber models) consist of chamber- Ag Wire halves which clamp around the insert(s). Each chamber-half has four ports (Current Electrode) that enter into its respective bath compartment: a voltage electrode port, a current electrode port, an air/gas port, and a solution drain port. Solution warming is provided by pumping heated water through each chamber-half and there are no delicate glass heat exchangers to be broken. The dual- Electrode Water Bridge chamber U2500 has the additional feature of including four needle valves for Jacket Fittings adjusting the air/gas mixture into each individual chamber-half. Drain Bridge Fitting O-Ring Seals Valves Adapters Inserts can be easily exchanged between experiments. Solutions are Ag/AgCl Pellet removed from the chambers through the drain valves and the halves (Voltage Electrode) unclamped from each other. The insert is then simply replaced. Inserts are Clamp Air/Gas Luer Screws available to support a variety of tissue sizes and culture cups. Connectors Standard Accessories Supplied with U9926 and U2500 Base Plate The U9926 (single-channel chamber is supplied with 1 electrode set Upright Support, (consisting of 2 voltage and 2 current electrodes), 12 bridge fittings with Air/Gas Manifold Needle Valves adapters; and a tubing/ fitting kit. The U2500 (dual channel) chamber is supplied with two each of the above described accessories. Chamber inserts are ordered separately. Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com 219 U9926 & U2500 ussing/diffusion Self-Contained Ussing Chambers (continued)

How to Order: • Select Base Assembly. Each system includes one or two U9975A Electrode Set(s) and U9965EP Electrode Bridge Fitting Kit(s) • Select Insert. Order 1 if using the U9926 and order 2 if using the U2500

Order # Model Product Order # Model Product Base Assembly Inserts for Culture Cup W4 64-0568S U9926 Single-channel Ussing W4 64-0595 U9924F-09 Falcon® Adapter, 9 mm Chamber Base Assembly, W4 64-0596 U9924F-12 Falcon® Adapter, 12 mm does not include insert W4 64-0597 U9924F-25 Falcon® Adapter, 25 mm W4 64-0575S U2500 Dual-channel Ussing W4 64-0598 1U9924M-12 Millicell® Adapter, 12 mm Chamber Base Assembly, ® does not include inserts W4 64-0599 U9924M-30 Millicell Adapter, 30 mm ™ Inserts for U9926 and U2500 Base Assembly W4 64-0600 U9924S Snapwell Adapter, 12mm W4 64-0601 U9924T-06 Transwell® Adapter, 6.5 mm Inserts for tissue, with o-ring W4 64-0602 U9924T-12 Transwell® Adapter, 12 mm W4 64-0582 U9924A-04 Round Insert, 3.8 mm, with O-Ring W4 64-0603 U9924T-24 Transwell® Adapter, 24 mm W4 64-0583 U9924A-06 Round Insert, 6.0 mm, Replacement Parts with O-Ring W4 64-0565 U9406 Tubing/Fitting Kit; W4 64-0584 U9924A-09 Round Insert, 9.0 mm, Includes 3/16 in x 10 ft (ID x L) with O-Ring Tygon Tubing, 1/16 in x 10 ft (ID x L) Tygon Tubing, Eighteen 1/16 in Fittings W4 64-0585 U9924A-12 Round Insert, 12.0 mm, (six each of straight, Y and Luer Fittings) with O-Ring W4 64-0553 U9565EP Electrode Bridge Fitting Kit; physiology W4 64-0586 U9924A-13 Round Insert, 13.5 mm, Electro- Includes twelve Bridge Fittings, with O-Ring six Bridge Fitting Adapters Inserts for tissue, with pins W4 64-0554 U9975A Electrode Set; Includes two W4 64-0587 U9924B-04 Round Insert, 3.8 mm, with 5 Pins Ag-AgCl Pellet Voltage Electrode, W4 64-0588 U9924B-06 Round Insert, 6.0 mm, with 5 Pins two Ag Wire Current Electrode

ussing/diffusion W4 64-0589 U9924B-09 Round Insert, 9.0 mm, with 5 Pins W4 64-0555 U9985 Bridge Fitting Adapters, pkg. of 6 W4 64-0590 U9924B-12 Round Insert, 12.0 mm, with 5 Pins W4 64-0591 U9924B-13 Round Insert, 13.5 mm, with 5 Pins W4 64-0592 U9924C-03 Slotted Insert, 1.6 x 7.0 mm, with 6 Pins W4 64-0593 U9924C-04 Slotted Insert, 2.4 x 7.0 mm, with 6 Pins W4 64-0594 U9924C-05 Slotted Insert, 3.5 x 7.0 mm, with 6 Pins

220 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com Multichannel Ussingussing/diffusion Chamber Systems NaviCyte and EasyMount Systems

Designed for parallel studies on epithelial membranes

Warner Instruments offers three multichannel Ussing chamber systems capable of supporting up to 24 independent chambers, all operating in parallel. Two systems position the membrane vertically and the one positions the membrane horizontally. All three multichannel chamber systems embody the self-contained design and are fully capable of supporting either membranes or cell culture cups. Differences between these systems exist, however, and are explained below.

NaviCyte Horizontal Figure 1: Diffusion Chamber Systems The chamber system is designed for transport and toxicology studies using cells or tissue exposed to an air interface such as occurs in the in vivo environment (e.g., nasal, pulmonary, corneal, or dermal cells). The chambers create an environment wherein the apical surface can be exposed to liquids, semi-solid compounds, or to gases while the basolateral surface remains perfused with medium. NaviCyte Horizontal chambers accept either tissue mounting rings or Snapwell™ cell culture cups and can be used in either open or closed configurations. In the closed configuration, electrodes can be brought to bear to make electrophysiological membrane resistance measurements. Accepts from 1 to 6 chambers. Similar to the NaviCyte Horizontal, the NaviCyte Vertical chamber system is designed for transport studies on filter grown cell monolayers or excised tissue sections. This system differs, however, in that membranes are mounted vertically and the chamber blocks do not use Electro-

inserts to secure tissues. Instead, tissue is affixed between the opposing physiology faces of the chamber-halves using a series of pins surrounding the opening. Chambers are available with both circular and oblong openings, depending on the tissue type under study, and can also accommodate Snapwell™ culture cups. Several low volume chambers that reduce the amount of compound required to conduct permeability studies are also available. Accepts from 1 to 24 chambers.

NaviCyte Electrodes ussing/diffusion The NaviCyte electrodes can be used with either the NaviCyte horizontal or vertical chamber systems and provide the ability to make electrophysiological recordings. Electrodes are terminated with a 2 mm pin The EasyMount chamber systems consist of 2 to 8 vertical Ussing connector and are compatible with the NaviCyte electric manifolds (used to chambers, a heater block/support stand, needle valves for adjustment of connect chambers to our current/voltage clamps). The Ag/AgCl reference gas flow (for oxygenation and gas lift stirring), and Ag/AgCl electrode is contained in a glass barrel that terminates in a micro-porous voltage/current electrodes for measuring transepithelial voltage and for ceramic tip. The barrel is filled with a suitable electrolyte solution, usually passing current. Tissue specific inserts are ordered separately. the buffer used for the external media or 3M KCl, and is refillable. Navicyte Horizontal and Vertical Chamber Systems EasyMount Vertical Chamber Systems The Harvard/NaviCyte patented line of horizontal and vertical diffusion The EasyMount Vertical chamber systems are ideal for studies requiring chambers is designed for the study of transport across cultured cell electrophysiological measurement of transmembrane resistance. While monolayers or excised tissue under dynamic conditions. The basic system visually similar to the NaviCyte Vertical chambers, EasyMount chambers architecture shown here demonstrates the fundamental design of both the are different in that they use inserts to position and secure tissues or horizontal and vertical diffusion chamber systems. culture cups within the chamber body. Inserts can be easily exchanged These systems are extremely well suited for non-electrical applications, without removing the chamber from its support assembly or disturbing the however, the introduction of electrodes can provide the ability to make electrodes. Chambers come in standard and low volume designs with a electrophysiological measurements. For larger applications, electrical variety of inserts available for each. All chambers, however, mount into manifolds can be employed to organize and simplify the connections to the same support assembly. Accepts from 2 to 8 chambers. our various voltage/current clamps. NaviCyte chamber systems are manufactured from acrylic and can be temperature controlled. Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com 221 NaviCyte Horizontalussing/diffusion Multichannel Ussing Chamber Systems

Optimized for diffusion studies on membranes at an air interface

The NaviCyte Horizontal system features the ability to run up to six chambers simultaneously and is optimized for transport studies on cells and tissues exposed to an air interface. The included heater block permits temperature control, with the use of a circulating water bath, for these chambers in both open and closed configurations. While optimized for diffusion-based studies, the use of optional electrodes permits electrophysiological membrane resistance measurements.

Horizontal Diffusion Chamber

.567 cm2

Horizontal Diffusion Chamber System physiology Electro- ussing/diffusion

Open and Closed Configurations Open and closed chamber configurations are defined by the use of an open or closed chamber cap. Either cap completes the chamber and holds the culture cup or tissue ring into place. Both an open and closed cap is supplied with each chamber. In the open configuration, the upper surface (usually the apical side) of the membrane is directly accessible, making the system suitable for drug transport studies or cytotoxicity testing of liquids or semi-solid materials. In the closed configuration, the membrane can be exposed to solutions, The NaviCyte Horizontal chamber system consists of a heater/support exposed to gases, perfused with gas, or perfused with liquid,. block and up to six horizontal chambers. Chambers require the use of a NaviCyte Electrodes and Electrical Manifolds supplied open or closed chamber cap into which either a Snapwell™ While optimized for diffusion-based assays, NaviCyte electrodes are culture cup or a tissue mounting ring may be fitted. Culture cups or available for making electrophysiology-based measurements from tissues are mounted on a horizontal plane. Chambers have basolateral NaviCyte chambers. Electrodes can only be used with the NaviCyte and apical inputs for attachment to perfusion lines, and in the closed Horizontal chamber in its closed configuration. configuration chambers can accept electrodes. Electrical manifolds are available to organize the multiple connections Single or multichannel setups between the amplifiers and the electrodes when making Chambers can be used singly as a stand-alone entity, or can be mounted electrophysiology-based measurements using multiple chambers. Two into the heater/support block in sets of up to six chambers per block. The manifolds are available, one compatible with the VCC amplifiers and the heater/support block provides chamber heating and is recommended even other compatible with the ‘Computer Controlled Multi-Clamp with if using a single chamber. Inserts are easily exchanged in mounted Software’ package. See the associated amplifiers for these components. chambers. The compact footprint (38.1 x 8.9 x 10.2 cm) of the heater/support block conserves lab bench space. 222 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com NaviCyte Horizontalussing/diffusion Multichannel Ussing Chamber Systems (continued)

How to order: • Select Base Assembly. This is the heater block and is needed only if using more than one chamber or if heating. • Select Chambers. Order from 1 to 6 per heater block. Each chamber includes both open and closed caps, and electrode port screws (for perfusion-only applications). • Order a tissue mounting ring if not using Snapwell. Order one per chamber. • Order electrodes, glass barrels, and open screws if making electrophysiological recordings.

Order # Product Base Assembly W4 66-0017 Heater Block for Horizontal Chambers NaviCyte Horizontal Chambers W4 66-0016 Single NaviCyte Horizontal Diffusion Chamber W4 66-0022 Tissue mounting ring, 9 mm Round Aperture Electrode Components W4 66-0023 Ag/AgCl electrodes with KCl, pkg. of 4 W4 66-0024 Glass barrel for Electrode, with Ceramic Tip, pkg. of 8 W4 66-0058 Open screw (straight hole) and O-rings, Serves as an Electrode Holder, pkg. of 24 Replacement Parts W4 66-0054 Closed Caps for Horizontal Chambers Electro-

W4 66-0055 Open Caps for Horizontal Chambers physiology W4 66-0053 Closed Screws, Used when perfusion is not needed, pkg. of 24 W4 66-0056 Male Luer Fitting - 3/32 Bar, pkg. of 24 W4 66-0057 Small O-rings for Electrodes, pkg. of 24 The Package System W4 66-0005 NaviCyte Horizontal Chamber System –

Includes Base Assembly and ussing/diffusion Six Horizontal Chambers only

Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com 223 NaviCyte Verticalussing/diffusion Multichannel Ussing Chamber Systems

Optimized for silultaneous diffusion studies on up to 24 membranes

This system features the capacity of running up to air regulation to both sides of each chamber. An 24 chambers simultaneously and is optimized for included heater block allows for temperature control transport studies on both filter grown cell with the use of a circulating water bath. While monolayers and surgically excised tissue sections. optimized for diffusion-based studies, the use of 14 different chamber types are currently available. optional electrodes allows for electrophysiological The standard support assembly holds 6 chambers membrane resistance measurements. and the included 12 channel gas manifold provides

W4 66-0048 W4 66-0021 physiology 6 Vertical Chamber System with 24 Chamber Heating Block Electro- Gas Manifold and Heating Block for Vertical System

Figure 2: Vertical Diffusion W4 66-0008 Heater Blocks Chamber System O-Ring Snapwell The standard heater block of the NaviCyte Vertical chamber system

ussing/diffusion provides efficient and precise temperature control of chambers. Tubing to Temperature is regulated by use of an external, user supplied circulating Diffusion W4 66-0048 Chamber water bath. An optional 24 channel heat block (shown above) allows a Gas Manifold Diffusion Chamber greater number of simultaneous measurements to be made. Adjustable Flow Valve Gas Manifold The 6-chamber (12-channel) gas manifold distributes gas to the chambers where media circulation is generated by the previously described gas-lift process. Gas manifolds can be ganged to accommodate the 24 chamber heater block. Externally supplied O /CO W4 66-0009 NaviCyte Vertical Chambers 2 2 Heat Block NaviCyte Vertical chambers are primarily designed for work with excised Externally supplied thermostatically- tissue segments. Chambers are two piece assemblies held together by a

controlled H2O high spring-tension retaining ring to insure leak free operation. Tissue is affixed between the opposing faces of two half-chambers using a series The NaviCyte Vertical chamber system consists of up to six vertical of pins that surround the opening. Chambers are available with both chambers, a gas manifold, and a heater block. The system can be circular and oblong openings of various sizes. extended to 24 channels by the use of an available 24 channel heater The optimal choice of opening will depend on the size and type of tissue block. NaviCyte Vertical chambers do not use inserts, except for the under study. For example, an oblong opening can increase the effective Snapwell chamber, and 14 different chambers are currently available. sample surface area for an intestinal tissue. Chambers are described in detail below. Low Volume Chambers Single or Multichannel Setups Several low volume tissue chambers are offered and are designed to Chambers can be used singly as a stand-alone entity, or can be mounted in reduce the amount of compound required for permeability studies. quantity into the heater/support blocks. The heater/support blocks provide Snapwell™ Chamber chamber heating. The standard heater block and associated gas manifold The Snapwell™ chamber is specifically designed for use with Snapwell™ allows up to six experiments to be run in parallel. The compact design (38.1 culture inserts from Corning Costar. This chamber accepts the lower x 10.2 x 12.7 cm) of this setup conserves valuable bench space. section of the insert, which contains the cultured cell monolayer. 224 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com o diinlrfrne,pes ii u website. our visit please references, additional For anrInstruments Warner tissue gastrointestinal of measurement vitro “In S.A., Sweetana, and G.M. Grass, 1) References NaviCyte w measurements electrophysiology-based making are for electrodes available NaviCyte assays, diffusion-based for optimized While Manifold and Electrodes NaviCyte making if placement, electrode provide caps Electrode Caps Electrode volume standard the to capability perfusion provide caps Perfusion Caps Perfusion h s feetoecp o rpreetoeplacement. electrode require proper volume) for (standard caps chambers electrode round of mm use 9 the and oblong, mm 24 x 8 m )Hdlo .. ige,KM,Gas .. n ocad,RT,“hrceiaino the of “Characterization R.T., Borchardt, and G.M., Grass, K.M., Hilgren, I.J., Hidalgo, 2) Snapwel hmesi ohteroe n lsdcniuain.Snapwell configurations. closed and open their both in chambers eddfr n antb sdwt,teohrsadr oueo n of any or volume standard other the with, used be cannot and for, needed lcrpyilgclmaueet,wti h s the within measurements, electrophysiological not are They chambers. round mm 9 and oblong, mm 24 x 8 Snapwell™, lcrclmnflsaeaalbet raietemlil connections multiple the organize to available are manifolds Electrical te optbewt h Cmue otoldMliCapwith Multi-Clamp Controlled ‘Computer the with compatible other h o ouecabr.Teueo neetoecppae chamber a places cap electrode an of use The chambers. volume low the eddfr n antb sdwt,teohrsadr oueo n of any or volume standard other the with, used be cannot and for, needed ewe h mlfesadteeetoe hnmaking when electrodes the and amplifiers the between nois‘lsd ofgrto.Yud o edt s efso a if cap perfusion a use to need not do You configuration. ‘closed’ its into h o ouecabr h s fapruincppae chamber a places cap perfusion a of use The chambers volume low the otae akg.Seteascae mlfesfrteecomponents. these for amplifiers associated the See package. Software’ sn neetoecap. electrode an using nois‘lsd configuration. ‘closed’ its into lcrpyilg-ae esrmnsuigmlil hmes Tw chambers. multiple using measurements electrophysiology-based utcanlUsn hme ytm (continued) Systems Chamber Ussing Multichannel Vertical NaviCyte anifolds Pharm. ntre ae ae nCc- elmnlyr sn oe ifso apparatus”, diffusion novel a using monolayers cell Caco-2 in layer water unstirred (1988) 5372-76 Res. Pharm. cell”, diffusion new a using permeability e.82227(1991) 8:222-227 Res. ™ 4m bog n mrudcabr.Te r not are They chambers. round mm 9 and oblong, mm 24 x 8 l™, hmes lcrdscnb sdwt aiyeHorizontal NaviCyte with used be can Electrodes chambers. r vial,oecmail ihteVCapiir n the and amplifiers VCC the with compatible one available, are hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • adr volume tandard ussing/diffusion ith o oueDfuinChamber Diffusion Volume Low ™ , o 46-06 0040 66-0026, W4 o oueDfuinChamber Diffusion Volume Low o oueDfuinChamber Diffusion Volume Low tnadDfuinChamber Diffusion Standard 466-0013,0032,0038,0046 W4 466-0015 W4 466-0027 W4 www.warneronline.com Snapwell o oueDfuinChamber Diffusion Volume Low tnadDfuinChamber Diffusion Standard 46-04 0042 66-0034, W4 46-04 0036 66-0014, W4 ™ 466-0008 W4 ifso Chamber Diffusion 225 ussing/diffusion ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment NaviCyte Verticalussing/diffusion Multichannel Ussing Chamber Systems (continued)

W4 66-0008 Snapwell Diffusion Chamber with Electrode Caps

W4 66-0050 Electrode Cap Screws W4 66-0012 W4 66-0020 Electrode Retaining Ring Caps for Snapwell Clamp Tool Chambers, pair L/R physiology

Electro- O-Rings for Snapwell

W4 66-0007 retaining ring and O-Ring for Snapwell, set of 12 each of the metal retaining Retaining Rings

ussing/diffusion rings and O-Rings

W4 66-0023 Ag/AgCl Electrodes W4 66-0019 Perfusion Caps mounted mounted in a W4 66-0008 Snapwell in a Snapwell Diffusion Chamber Diffusion Chamber

226 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com anrInstruments Warner 66-0050 W4 66-0020 W4 66-0018 W4 Electrodes 66-0021 W4 66-0019 W4 Product Accessories # Order separatel. available caps, electrode or perfusion require *May 66-0008* W4 Specialty 66-0042 W4 66-0034 W4 66-0040 W4 66-0027 W4 66-0015 W4 half) 66-0026 chamber W4 per ml 1-4 volume (working Volume Low 66-0046 W4 66-0038 W4 66-0032 W4 Volume 66-0013* W4 Area Tissue 66-0036 W4 half) 66-0014* chamber W4 per Type ml Chamber 5-7 volume (working Volume Standard # Order Chambers Vertical NaviCyte 66-0075 W4 Product Assembly Base # Order order: to How 466-0024 W4 466-0023 W4 utcanlUsn hme ytm (continued) Systems Chamber Ussing Multichannel Vertical NaviCyte eetBs Assembly. Base Select • re efso Caps. Perfusion Order • Chambers. Select • re lcrd asadeetoecpscrews cap electrode and caps electrode Order • re lcrdsadgasbarrels glass and electrodes Order • aigeetohsooia eodnsi h tnadvolume standard the in electrophysiological recordings making chamber. per set One electrophysiological recordings. hme ri heating. if or chamber npel 4m bog n mrudcabr.Oestper set One chambers. round mm 9 chamber. and oblong, mm 24 x 8 Snapwell, round mm 9 and oblong, mm 24 x 8 Snapwell, volume standard hmes o eddi sn lcrd a.Oestprchamber. per set One cap. electrode using if needed Not chambers. nlds6CabrHaigBok -hme Air/Gas 6-Chamber Block, Heating 6-Chamber System includes – Assembly Block Heater 6-Chamber k.o 8 of pkg. O-rings with Tool Clamp Ring Retaining and Panel, Front Clear Manifold, lcrd a ces k.o 12 of pkg. Screws, Cap Electrode L/R pair Chambers, Snapwell for Cap Electrode L/R pair Chambers, for Cap Electrode Block Heating 24-Chamber 2 of pkg. Cap, Perfusion Chamber Tissue ls arlfrEetoewt eai Tip, Ceramic with Electrode for Barrel Glass mOln .8cm 0.28 Oblong mm cm 8 cm 0.07 x 0.10 4 Oblong mm 10 x cm 2 1.13 cm Round 0.64 mm 3 cm Round 0.20 mm 12 Round mm 9 Round mm 5 cm 1.15 Oblong cm mm 0.46 24 x 5 Oblong cm mm 0.29 9 x 6 Oblong mm cm 8 cm 0.12 x 1.78 4 Oblong mm cm 24 0.64 x 8 Round mm 4 Round mm 9 Snapwell gAC lcrdswt C,pg f4, of pkg. KCl, with Electrodes Ag/AgCl ™ hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • re rm1t 6. to 1 from Order xoe okn Reservoir Working Exposed .3c24t ml 6 to 4 cm2 1.13 nynee fpruigi the in perfusing if needed Only nynee fuigmr hnone than more using if needed Only 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 fma if o4ml 4 to 2 ml 4 to 2 ml 2 to 1 ml 4 to 2 ml 2 to 1 ml 0.4 to 0.2 ml 7 to 5 ml 7 to 5 ml 7 to 5 ml 7 to 5 ml 7 to 5 ml 7 to 5 ussing/diffusion king if 466-0009 W4 tnadVlm ytm de o nld electrodes) include not (does Systems Volume Standard Systems Package The 66-0012 W4 66-0007 W4 66-0010 W4 66-0048 W4 66-0009 W4 parts Replacement 66-0057 W4 Product 66-0049 W4 # Order pcat Systems Specialty 66-0028 W4 electrodes) include not (does Systems Volume Low 466-0037 W4 466-0043 W4 66-0041 W4 66-0047 W4 66-0039 W4 66-0033 W4 66-0002 W4 466-0006 W4 466-0003 W4 466-0035 W4 66-0029 W4 66-0004 W4 W 600)cabr de o include not (does chambers 66-0008) (W4 six and assembly base Includes – System Chamber Vertical NaviCyte efso reetoecaps) electrode or perfusion 12 of pkg. long, inch 6 Chambers Volume Low for Holders Electrode as Serves efso reetoecaps) electrode or perfusion oblong mm 8 x 4 oblong mm 10 x 2 round mm 3 round mm 12 round mm 9 round mm 5 oblong mm 24 x 5 oblong mm 9 x 6 oblong mm 8 x 4 caps) electrode or perfusion include chambers 66-0036) (W4 eann igCapTool Clamp Ring Retaining 12 of pkg. O-Ring, and Ring Retaining Panel Front Clear Manifold Air chamber) (6 Channel 12 Block Heating 6-Chamber 24 of pkg. Electrodes, for O-rings Small 12. of pkg. O-rings, and step) (with Screws Open ytm–Icue aeasml n six and assembly base Includes – System Chamber Vertical NaviCyte Volume Low nldsbs sebyadsix and assembly base Includes – System Chamber Vertical NaviCyte ytm–Icue aeasml n six and assembly base Includes – System Chamber Vertical NaviCyte Volume Low six and assembly base Includes – System Chamber Vertical NaviCyte Volume Low six and assembly base Includes – System Chamber Vertical NaviCyte six and assembly base Includes – System Chamber Vertical NaviCyte six and assembly base Includes – System Chamber Vertical NaviCyte oblong six and Assembly Base Includes – System Chamber Vertical NaviCyte elcmn i iefrArGsManifold, Air\Gas for Line Air Replacement W 601)cabr de o include not (does chambers 66-0014) (W4 six and assembly base Includes – System Chamber Vertical NaviCyte ytm–Icue aeasml n six and assembly base Includes – System Chamber Vertical NaviCyte Volume Low six and assembly base Includes – System Chamber Vertical NaviCyte Volume Low six and assembly base Includes – System Chamber Vertical NaviCyte Volume Low W 601)Cabr de not (does Chambers 66-0013) (W4 W 604)chambers 66-0040) (W4 chambers 66-0015) (W4 chambers 66-0026) (W4 W 602)chambers 66-0027) (W4 W 604)chambers 66-0042) (W4 chambers 66-0038) (W4 chambers 66-0032) (W4 W 603)chambers 66-0034) (W4 chambers 66-0046) (W4 www.warneronline.com Snapwell mround mm 4 mround mm 9 4mm 24 x 8 227 ussing/diffusion ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment EasyMount ussing/diffusion Multichannel Ussing Chamber Systems

Optimized for simultaneous electrophysiological studies on up to 8 membrane

The EasyMount chamber systems are ideal for studies requiring electrophysiological measurement of transmembrane resistance. While visually similar to the NaviCyte Vertical chambers, EasyMount chambers are different in that they use inserts to position and secure tissues or culture cups within the chamber body.

Diffusion Chamber The P2300 Series inserts are available to accommodate Snapwell, Millicell, Nunc, and Transwell culture cups. Inserts are also available with pins or o-rings in both oblong and round formats. P2400 Series inserts do not support culture cups but are available with pins or o-rings in both oblong and round formats. Electrodes and Accessories Electrodes are available in sets comprised of two sintered Ag/AgCl pellet Electrodes electrodes for voltage sensing (black), two Ag wire electrodes for current passing (white), and eight electrodes tips. The number of sets provided is dependent on the system purchased, however, one electrode set is required for each chamber. Replacement current and voltage electrodes are available, as are electrode tips. Additional accessories include electrode lead sets and chamber filling needles. The EasyMount chamber systems consist Inserts of 2 to 8 vertical Ussing chambers, a physiology

Electro- heater block/support stand, needle valves How to order: for adjustment of gas flow (for • Select Chamber Assembly. Each assembly includes heater oxygenation and gas lift stirring), and block/stand, chambers, needle valves, and electrodes. Ag/AgCl voltage/current electrodes for • Select Chamber Inserts. Select from P2300 or P2400 Series measuring transepithelial voltage and for passing current. Tissue specific depending on the volume of the system assembly chosen. Order at

ussing/diffusion inserts are ordered separately. least 1 insert per chamber. Multichannel setups • Select FN15 filling needles and extra electrode tips. All EasyMount chambers (P2300 and P2400,) use the same stands and • Select P2300 Chamber Caps if using radioligands or toxic electrodes. Stands are available to support 2, 4, 6, or 8 chambers and can chemicals with P2300 chambers. be readily ganged to allow for higher count applications. Stands have an incorporated heater block that warms all chambers to the same Order # Model Product temperature. A needle valve assembly (one set per chamber) is mounted EasyMount Chamber Assembly on the rear of the heater block for regulation of the gas flow. P2300 Chamber Systems (Standard Volume) EasyMount Chambers W4 69-1070 CSYS-2-HA P2300 EasyMount Assembly, EasyMount chambers are a two piece assembly using an insert to secure 2 Chambers, No Inserts and position tissues or culture cups. Tissues are placed in the chamber by W4 69-1071 CSYS-4-HA P2300 EasyMount Assembly, loosening a thumbscrew, sliding the tissue holding insert into the space 4 Chambers, No inserts between the chamber halves, and retightening the thumbscrew. W4 69-1072 CSYS-6-HA P2300 EasyMount Assembly, Chambers do not need to be removed from the heater block, nor are the 6 Chambers, No Inserts electrodes disturbed, when placing an insert. This easy and rapid W4 69-1073 CSYS-8-HA P2300 EasyMount Assembly, 8 Chambers, No Inserts replacement process makes the EasyMount system an excellent choice P2400 Chamber Systems (Low Volume) for high-throughput applications. W4 69-1074 LVSYS-2-HA P2400 EasyMount Assembly, Chambers are available in two styles; the P2300 is the standard chamber 2 Chambers, No Inserts and accommodates a large variety of inserts and the P2400 is designed W4 69-1075 LVSYS-4-HA P2400 EasyMount Assembly, for low-volume applications. The P2300 has chamber caps available for 4 Chambers, No Inserts sealing the chamber when radioligands or toxic chemicals are used. W4 69-1076 LVSYS-6-HA P2400 EasyMount Assembly, 6 Chambers. No Inserts EasyMount Inserts W4 69-1077 LVSYS-8-HA P2400 EasyMount Assembly, EasyMount inserts are available to mount a variety of tissues and can 8 Chambers, No Inserts also accommodate cell culture cups. Each chamber type has its own supporting family of inserts.

228 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com EasyMount ussing/diffusion Multichannel Ussing Chamber Systems (continued)

Order # Model Aperture Working Area Description Chamber Inserts (Fits P2300 Chamber Systems) W4 69-0956 P2302 12 mm Round 1.12 cm2 For Snapwell cell culture cups W4 69-1081 P2302M 8.75 mm Round 0.60 cm2 For Millicell cell culture cups W4 69-1082 P2302N 8.0 mm Round 0.50 cm2 For Nunc/Anopore cell culture cups W4 69-1083 P2302T 6.5 mm Round 0.33 cm2 For Costar Transwell cell culture cups W4 69-1084 P2303 2.8 x 4.5 mm 0.10 cm2 For juvenile mouse intestine W4 69-1085 P2303A 2.8 x 4.5 mm 0.10 cm2 For juvenile mouse intestine or bladder, with pins W4 69-0957 P2304 2.8 x 11.0 mm 0.30 cm2 For mouse intestine, with pins W4 69-0958 P2305 4.5 x 11.2 mm 0.50 cm2 For rat and larger animal intestine, with pins W4 69-0959 P2306 2.8 x 1.5 mm 0.036 cm2 For mouse trachea and similar tissue W4 69-0960 P2307 2.0 mm Round 0.031 cm2 For small tissues (e.g., biopsies) W4 69-1086 P2308 1.0 mm Round 0.008 cm2 For very small, thin tissues (e.g., lower mouse trachea) W4 69-0961 P2310 5.0 mm Round 0.20 cm2 With pins W4 69-0962 P2311 6.2 mm Round 0.30 cm2 With pins W4 69-1087 P2311A 5.7 mm Round 0.26 cm2 With pins W4 69-0963 P2312 8.0 mm Round 0.50 cm2 With pins W4 69-0964 P2313 9.5 mm Round 0.71 cm2 With pins W4 69-0965 P2314 11.3 mm Round 1.00 cm2 With pins W4 69-0966 P2315 12.7 mm Round 1.26 cm2 With pins W4 69-1088 P2316 5.0 mm Round 0.20 cm2 for Skin, with o-ring W4 69-1089 P2317 10.8 mm Round 0.93 cm2 For synthetic membranes, with o-ring W4 69-1090 P2318 11.3 mm Round 1.00 cm2 For Frog Skin, with o-ring W4 69-1091 P2319 12.7 mm Round 1.26 cm2 For studying mucus layer, with spacer ring Chamber Inserts Fits (P2400 Chamber Systems)

W4 69-1092 P2403 2.8 x 4.5 mm 0.10 cm2 For small Tissue Specimens Electro- physiology W4 69-0969 P2404 2.8 x 9.2 mm 0.25 cm2 For mouse intestine W4 69-0970 P2405 4.5 x 9.2 mm 0.40 cm2 For rat and larger animal intestine W4 69-0971 P2406 2.8 x 1.5 mm 0.04 cm2 For mouse trachea W4 69-0972 P2407 2.0 mm round 0.031 cm2 For biopsies W4 69-1093 P2408 0.8 mm round 0.005 cm2 For biopsies W4 69-1094 P2408A 0.5 mm round 0.002 cm2 For biopsies W4 69-1095 P2408B 1.0 mm round 0.008 cm2 For biopsies W4 69-0973 P2410 5.0 mm round 0.20 cm2 With pins ussing/diffusion W4 69-0975 P2412 8.0 mm round 0.50 cm2 With pins W4 69-0976 P2413 9.5 mm round 0.71 cm2 With pins Order # Model Product Accessories W4 69-1096 P2300-CAP Chamber Caps for P2300 Chamber – set of 2 W4 69-1097 FNS15-2 Two Syringes with Filling Needles W4 69-1098 FN15 Replacement Filling Needle W4 69-0990 P2023-20 Electrode Tips – 20 Pack W4 69-0991 P2023-50 Electrode Tips – 50 Pack W4 69-0992 P2023-100 Electrode Tips – 100 Pack Replacement Parts W4 69-0993 P2300 EasyMount Chamber – Standard Volume (Chamber Only) W4 69-0995 P2400 EasyMount Chamber – Low Volume (Chamber Only) W4 69-0987 P2020-S Electrode Set (2 current, 2 voltage, 8 tips) W4 69-0988 P2020-IS Electrode Set (4 current, 8 tips) W4 69-0989 P2020-VS Electrode Set (4 voltage, 8 tips) W4 69-3147 P2024-36 Electrode Lead Set (36 in, 4 pk) W4 69-1099 P2060 Air Control Valve Assembly, Mounts on Stand, Fits One Chamber

Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com 229 EC-800 and EC-825Aussing/diffusion Single and Dual Channel Epithelial Voltage Clamps

Our single and dual channel epithelial voltage clamps

EC-825A physiology Electro-

• For studies of epithelial transport and the Clamp Speed Selection electrical properties of tissue Three clamp speeds provide optimum recording conditions for a variety of ussing/diffusion • High common mode rejection applications. In Fast mode, preparations with low access resistance (small • Clamp Speed Selection tissues or monolayers) can be clamped with speeds as fast as 10µsec. Typical Ussing chambers with larger tissues will use Medium or Slow • Membrane Resistance Measurement Circuit modes for stable, oscillation free clamping. • Watertight Headstage with Model Membrane Commands Single Channel EC-800 and Dual Channel EC-825A Internal DC Command (Hold) control for both Voltage clamp and Current Epithelial voltage clamps from Warne provide accurate measurements of clamp modes. transepithelial voltage, short circuit current, and membrane resistance. Watertight Headstage with Model Membrane Important features include fluid resistance compensation, membrane The small compact headstage can be located close to the measurement resistance readout, choice of voltage compliance, and small water-tight site to keep input leads short for reduced noise pick-up. The model preamp headstages. Operating modes include voltage clamp, current membrane circuit simulates a preparation to provide convenient clamp, voltmeter, and resistance. The dual channel model includes an operational checks of the clamp. Internal circuits are protected against internal timer. the invasion of corrosive saline solutions by a watertight seal. The EC-800 and EC-825A are state-of-the-art instruments with several Choice of Voltage Compliance unique and important design features offering more reliable recording and The EC-800 has a voltage compliance of ±120 V and the EC-825A has a operator convenience. voltage compliance of ±50 V. High CMR The high voltage compliance of these instruments are important for Differential voltage recordings are made with very high common mode studies of low resistance (leaky) epithelial cells and in applications in rejection providing accurate measurements free from the effects of which long agar leads in the current passing circuit produce large voltage common mode potential changes of a noisy environment. drops (which must be compensated). Additionally, the high compliance Membrane Resistance Measurement helps in charging large membrane capacitances typical of epithelial Accurate resistance measurements are made with the membrane tissues, resulting in faster settling times and improved overall clamp mounted in the chamber. This measurement is made using a low performance. frequency 2 Hz bipolar signal to avoid polarization of the membrane (ideal for monolayers). Resistances up to 200 kΩ are displayed on the meter with push-button convenience. 230 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com EC-800 and EC-825Aussing/diffusion Single Channel and Dual Channel Epithelial Voltage Clamps (continued)

EC-800

External Control Specifications (continued)

The clamp can be operated by an external programmer, lab timer or Membrane Resistance 0-2 kΩ, 1mV/Ω computer. Logic control of clamp mode and clamp command levels is Output (EC-825A) 0-200 kΩ, 10mV/Ω possible as well as simultaneous mixing of external linear commands. Panel Meter EC-800 3-1/2 digit LCD; Voltage Range: 200 mV max; Current Range: 2000 µA max Onboard Timer Controller Panel Meter EC-825A 3-1/2 digit LED; Voltage Range: 200 mV max; The dual channel EC-825A includes event timers (2) to provide cycle times Current Range: 2000 µA max and clamp durations up to 2000 seconds. Times are set with 2 digit Outputs: thumbwheel switches and 4 position range switches. Once set, the timer Voltage Monitor x10 will free run, eliminating the need for a computer or other external device Current Monitor 10 mV/µA to control the experiment. Compliance: EC-800 ±120 V Model EC-800LV ±15 Volt Compliance EC-800LV ±15 V

Studies with small tissue samples or monolayers in set-ups with low EC-825A ±50 V Electro- physiology access resistance may not require high compliance. For these Timers (A & B) EC-825A: applications, models EC-800LV offers both a lower cost and a safer Range 10 ms to 1000 secs, set with 2 digit resolution and environment for the membrane. 4 ranges (each channel) Power Requirements 100-130 VAC or 220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 15 VA Specifications Physical Dimensions, H x W x D: EC-800, EC-800LV, EC-825A EC-800, EC-800LV & EC-825A 8.9 x 43.2 x 30.5 cm Headstage: Headstage 7.7 x 7.7 x 5 cm Input Impedance 1 x 1010 shunted by 6 pF ussing/diffusion Ω Shipping Weight: Input Voltage ±1.5 V maximum EC-800 & EC-800LV 6.4 kg Common Mode Voltage ±13 V maximum EC-825A 9.1 kg Common Mode Rejection 100 dB at 60 Hz Warranty Two years, parts & labor Leakage Current 20 pA maximum Offset Voltage Range ±120 mV Order # Model Product Voltage Clamp Ranges: W4 64-0035 EC-800 Single Channel Voltage Clamp Int. Clamp Potentiometer ±100 mV with 10-turn control with ±120 V Compliance* for Leaky Tissue Ext. Command ±1 V W4 64-1508 EC-800 Single Channel Voltage Clamp Ext. Command Factor 1 mV/10 mV applied with ±120 V Compliance* Current Clamp Ranges: for Leaky Tissue, 200 - 240 VAC Clamp Potentiometer ±1 mA W4 64-0036 EC-800LV Single Channel Voltage Clamp External Command ±10 mA with ±15 V Compliance* for Tight Tissue and Culture Type Monolayers Command Factor 1 µA/10 mV applied W4 64-1509 EC-800LV Single Channel Voltage Clamp Speed 10 µsec measured with model membrane with ±15 V Compliance* for Tight Tissue Resistance: and Culture Type Monolayers, 200 - 240 VAC Fluid Resistance 0-100 Ω standard W4 64-1605 EC-825A Dual Channel Voltage Clamp Compensation Range 0-1 k Ω optional with ±50 V Compliance* Membrane Resistance Measurement (made with 2 Hz bipolar constant current square wave) *Supplied with rack mount hardware.

Ranges 0-2 kΩ, injected current = 10 nA 0-200 kΩ, injected current = 1 nA Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com 231 VCC-MC ussing/diffusion Multichannel Epithelial Voltage Clamps

Supports from 2 to 8 amplifiers in a single package

The VCC-MC family of epithelial voltage/current clamps are ideal instruments for use with the multichannel chamber systems described earlier. Configurations range from 2 to 8 amplifiers and these systems integrate fully with the Acquire and Analyze software package. physiology Electro-

W4 69-0938 6-Channel Voltage/Current Clamp shown with Harvard NaviCyte Vertical ussing/diffusion Diffusion Chamber System, see page 221

The VCC-MC family of voltage/current clamps and accessories have A useful feature built into the VCC-MC6 and VCC-MC8 instruments is a been designed to be flexible tools for studying ion transport across master control section. This section enables the investigator to quickly epithelial tissue. change the function, mode, and meter settings on each clamp module The VCC-MC family is of particular benefit in high throughput, multi-channel from a single switch bank. This markedly simplifies the use of the applications and where laboratory bench space is limited. All models in this instrument and removes some of the tedium associated with continually family provide similar capabilities and specifications as the VCC-600 single having to change multiple, identically placed switches (e.g., changing the channel clamp to control the voltage or the current across the epithelium. meter switch to display current instead of voltage on eight channels). However, unlike the VCC-600, these clamps are modular in design. The VCC-MC Multichannel clamps are well suited for the NaviCyte and The VCC-MC2 contains two voltage/current clamp modules, a pulse EasyMount systems. For use with the NaviCyte systems, a special 24-lead generator, and a computer interface in a compact 9.5 inch chassis. input module (EP-MC6) replaces the individual DM-MC6 input modules for making electrode connections. The EP-MC6 mounts between the heat block The VCC-MC2 is best suited for small scale applications and for student and air manifold on the NaviCyte system and must be ordered separately. laboratories. The VCC-MC2 is compatible with all chamber systems offered by Warner. Each VCC-MC2 comes complete with two single channel input modules (DM MC6) for connection to electrodes. The VCC-MC6 and VCC-MC8 are multichannel chassis that can be configured with 2 to 8 voltage/current clamp channels, depending on model. These instruments are ideally suited for experiments where multiple specimens are sampled in parallel. They offer the distinct advantage of expandability within the same instrument chassis.

232 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com anrInstruments Warner V ±1 to 0 and mV ±100 to 0 Input External mV/µA 100 or 10 Generator 1, Pulse selectable, Jumper voltage Current transepithelial Output x10 Recorder mV/mV, 10 input channel single DM-MC6 Voltage via Output tip Recorder pin mm 2 features meter and mode, function, Inputs of Electrode control Permits Specifications Connection I/O Override Master current or voltage holding DC Sets Level: Clamp DC Amplitude Reset Pulse Single by set compensation injection, current Polarity Push-button On/Off Resistance Fluid Mode: Function: Meter Switches switch internal via adjustment channel 4-stage Display: Response Frequency Rejection Mode Common Resistance Input Specifications eoeItrae9pnD onco,1prcanl(VCC-MC2) channel per 1 connector, DB 9-pin Interface Remote Duration Period jumper dial, 10-turn precision via set mV, ±100 or ±10 Potential Offset Power utcanlEihla otg lms(continued) Clamps Voltage Epithelial Multichannel VCC-MC urn lm urn andpnet 0 fmax. of 50% dependent, gain Current switch polarity lighted dial, 10-turn via mV ±100 Clamp Current Clamp Voltage or switches panel front from be to control Selects (REM) Remote be to current or voltage transepithelial Selects (I/V) Voltage/Current Clamp Zero ±1999 ±199.9, ±19.90, Current Transepithelial mV ±199.9 Voltage Transepithelial Open 5pnD onco alothers) (all connector DB 25-pin clamped be to signal input analog arbitrary Allows for (VCC-MC6) (EP-MC6) system panel chamber electrode Harvard/Navicyte via tip pin VCC-MC8) mm and 2 (VCC-MC6 channel per 1 module, channels clamp installed all on current displayed switch thumbwheel 3-decade by set switch thumbwheel 3-decade by set in mV 100 to 0 gain; gain X1 X10 at at steps steps mV mV 1 10 in mV 10 to 0 pulse injects and timer interval Initializes pulses between interval during pulse generated single be Injects to pulses bipolar or - light +, indicator Selects red clamp, to output pulse sends ‘On’ ranges selectable jumper dial, 10-turn precision switch polarity lighted and ranges selectable interface remote from Clamp on is Function when controlled modes operating select switches Two current either voltage control or to closed is loop Feedback electrodes sensing grounded internally are inputs voltage mode, state Standby of indicator LED with switch position Three meter displayed panel be on to voltage or current Selects selectable user indicators LED with switching digital button, Push each for backlight green with LCD in 3/8 digit, 3.5 ≥ ≥ .1t .9scdrto fec pulse; each of duration sec 9.99 to 0.01 pulses; between period time sec 99.9 to 0.1 to connected are inputs voltage circuit, Open 0/2 A,6 zo 0/5 A,5 Hz, 50 VAC, 200/250 or Hz 60 VAC, 100/125 hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • 0 dB 100 10 9 differential Ω, µ ,jme selectable jumper A, ussing/diffusion Amplifier Series VCC Version) (CE Amplifiers VCC VCC-MC8 VCC-MC6 Series VCC Amplifiers VCC re oe Product 66-0025 W4 Model parts replacement and Accessories # Order VCC-MC8 VCC-MC6 VCC-MC2 469-1004 W4 Amplifier VCC-MC2 8-Channel 2-Channel 6-Channel 4-Channel 6-Channel 4-Channel 8-Channel 2-Channel frEsMut frNvCt)(ihVlae Hg Voltage) (High Voltage) (High NaviCyte) (for EasyMount) (for nu oueIptMdl nu oueIptModule Input w/EP-MC6-HV w/DM-MC6-HV Module Input Module Input w/EP-MC6 Module Input w/DM-MC6 469-0933CEW4 469-1003CEW4 69-0945CE W4 69-0947CE W4 69-0944CE W4 69-0946CE W4 46-98EW 903C 46-99EW 69-0937CE W4 69-0939CE W4 69-0936CE W4 69-0941CE W4 69-0938CE W4 69-0943CE W4 69-0940CE W4 69-0942CE W4 46-98W 903 46-99W 69-0937 W4 69-0941 W4 69-0939 W4 69-0936 W4 69-0943 W4 69-0938 69-0940 W4 W4 69-0942 W4 /MM6wE-C /MM6H w/EP-MC6-HV w/DM-MC6-HV w/EP-MC6 w/DM-MC6 469-1003 W4 69-0945 W4 69-0947 W4 69-0944 W4 69-0946 W4 nu oueIptMdl nu oueIptModule Input Module Input Module Input Module Input 46-93--- 69-0933 W4 frEsMut frNvCt)(ihVlae Hg Voltage) (High Voltage) (High NaviCyte) (for EasyMount) (for C0 d-nrpaeetamplifiers Add-on/replacement MC601 ------frEsMut frNaviCyte) (for EasyMount) (for --- -hne lcrclManifold Electrical 6-Channel aiyeCabrSystems Chamber NaviCyte Systems Chamber NaviCyte for o C mlfe aefor case amplifier VCC for www.warneronline.com frEsMut frNaviCyte) (for EasyMount) (for 469-1001 W4 46-94--- 69-0934 W4 469-0934CEW4 469-1001CEW4 ------233 ussing/diffusion ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment VCC-600 ussing/diffusion Single Channel Epithelial Voltage Clamp

A single channel epithelial voltage clamp

The VCC-600 is a single channel voltage/current clamp for epithelial tissue. It is the most versatile instrument in the VCC series. Basic features include 10-turn dials for electrode offset and fluid (series) resistance compensation, user selectable current gain and response frequency.

W4 69-0930 Single Channel Voltage/Current Clamp Specifications (cont’d) Power 100/125 VAC, 60 Hz or 200/250 VAC, 50 Hz, user selectable Meter Selects current or voltage to be displayed on panel meter Function: Three position rotary switch Zero Standby mode, voltage inputs are internally grounded Open Open circuit, voltage inputs are connected to sensing electrodes Clamp Feedback loop is closed to control either current or voltage Mode: Two switches select operating modes Voltage/Current (I/V) Selects transepithelial voltage or current to be The VCC-600 epithelial clamp amplifier is a versatile single channel controlled when Function is on Clamp instrument. In addition to its basic features, a clamp level control allows Local/Remote Selects control to be from front panel switches or from remote interface the holding voltage or current to be set while a built-in pulse generator Offset Potential ±10 mV, set via precision 10-turn dial provides unipolar or bipolar step changes from the holding level for tissue

physiology Fluid Resistance Push-button current injection, compensation set

Electro- conductance/resistance measurements. by precision 10-turn dial, jumper selectable ranges Voltages and currents can be monitored via recorder outputs on the front On/Off ‘On’ sends pulse output to clamp, red indicator light panel and by a bright 3.5 digit LED digital panel meter. An interface Polarity Selects +, - or bipolar pulses to be generated connector, for remote instrument control and data acquisition, is provided Single Pulse Injects single pulse during interval between pulses on the rear panel. A high voltage option is also available to increase the Reset Initializes interval timer and injects pulse ussing/diffusion output compliance voltage to ±35 V DC for certain types of experiments. Amplitude 0 to 10 mV in 1 mV steps at X1 gain; 0 to 100 mV in 10 mV steps at X10 gain The VCC-600 also has special features making it a popular instrument for Period 0.1 to 99.9 sec time period between pulses; set by electrophysiological studies of epithelia. These features include an active 3-decade thumbwheel switch headstage that incorporates a virtual grounding amplifier for current Duration 0.01 to 9.99 sec duration of each pulse; set by measurement and an extra level of current gain to measure currents in the nA 3-decade thumbwheel switch range. This allows the instrument to be used for studies on very small tissues DC Clamp Level: Sets DC holding voltage or current such as isolated renal tubules and single isolated colonic crypts. A switch and Voltage Clamp ±100 mV and ±300 mV via 10-turn dial buffer amplifier in the headstage allows selection and continuous measurement Current Clamp Current gain dependent, 50% and 150% of max. of the potential on either side of the epithelium. The output on the rear of the displayed current instrument can be used as a reference for microelectrode experiments so that Headstage Active input stage for sensing voltage and current near preparation, cable length 6 ft the intracellular voltage can be directly measured across either apical or Reference Buffer Switch selectable to send V1 or V2 inputs to buffer basolateral membranes regardless of side of impalement. Similarly, it can be amplifier in headstage; allows monitoring of bath used as the reference voltage in pH stat experiments, thereby eliminating a potential on either side of epithelium; output via problem with some combination electrodes and pH meters in which a fraction rear panel permits micro-electrode impalements or pH electrodes to be referenced to either V1 or V2 of the transepithelial current may be shunted to ground. I/O Connection Specifications Specifications Electrode Inputs Banana jacks on headstage Recorder Output Voltage 10 mV/mV, x10 transepithelial voltage Input Resistance 109 W, differential, ≥ 1012 W available as option Recorder Output Current Jumper selectable, 1, 10, 100 or 1000 mV/ A Common Mode Rejection ≥100 dB µ Pulse Generator 0 to ±100 mV and 0 to ±1 V Frequency Response 4-stage adjustment via internal switch External Input Allows arbitrary analog input signal to be clamped Clamp Output ±13 V standard, ±35 V optional high voltage Remote Interface 9 pin DB connector Display: 3.5 digit, 1/2 in red LED Transepithelial Voltage ±199.9 mV Order # Model Product Transepithelial Current ±1.990, ±19.90, ±199.9, ±1999 µA, jumper-selectable Switches Subminiature toggle W4 69-0930 VCC600 Single Channel Voltage/Current Clamp Grounding Signal (circuit) ground is isolated from chassis and power grounds; binding posts on rear panel allow W4 69-0931 VCC600HV Single Channel Voltage/Current connection of circuit to chassis ground Clamp with High Voltage Option 234 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com DM MC6, EP MC6,ussing/diffusion DM660 and DM6 Input Manifolds and Dummy Membranes

The VCC MC family of instruments utilizes standard 2 mm pintip jacks for W4 69-0950 DM MC6 Single Chamber Input Module and Dummy Membrane connection to the electrode leads. The DM MC6 is a single channel input module that can be mounted close to individual Ussing chambers and is compatible with the all of the VCC MC series of voltage/current clamps. It connects to modular plugs on the rear of the VCC MC instruments via shielded cable. The DM MC6 contains an integral dummy membrane, see below, that is activated by a slide switch on the module. One DM MC6 is required for each clamp channel/Ussing chamber and is compatible with both EasyMount and Harvard/Navicyte chamber systems. The EP MC6 is 6-channel (24 pintip jacks) electrode input manifold is designed specifically for use with the Harvard/NaviCyte vertical diffusion chamber system. The EPMC6 mounts directly behind the heat block and in the front of the air valve manifold to provide clean, organized connection to the electrode leads (W4 69-0998 not included). Connection between the EP MC6 and VCC MC6 is by means of a flat cable assembly (included). Dummy membranes are useful both for quickly verifying the operating status of the instrument during an experiment and as a learning aid for students. The DM660 is a single channel dummy membrane for use with the VCC600. A similar dummy membrane is built into the DM MC6 input module for the multi-channel clamps. Finally, the DM6 is a 6-channel dummy membrane for VCC MC6 in which each dummy membrane may be individually manipulated. The DM6 W4 69-0932 DM660 Single Channel Dummy connects to the VCC MC6 by way of the EP MC6 flat cable assembly. Electro-

Order # Model Product physiology W4 69-0950 DM MC6 Single Channel Electrode Input Module and Dummy Membrane W4 69-0951 EP MC6 Electrode Input Panel for VCC MC6 Vertical Diffusion W4 69-0952 W4 69-0932 DM660 Single Channel Dummy Membrane DM6 Six Channel Dummy W4 69-0952 DM6 6-Channel Dummy Membrane for VCC MC6 ussing/diffusion

Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com 235 Computer Controlledussing/diffusion Multi-Clamp with Software Data Acquisition and Analysis System with integrated amplifiers

Acquire data, analyze data, and control up to 8 amplifiers from a single integrated software/hardware package!

The system provides individual data acquisition and control for 2, 4 or 6 chambers and is fully compatible with the NaviCyte horizontal/vertical Ussing chamber systems. Windows 95/98/2000/XP compatible.

Figure 1 Figure 3 • Individual voltage clamp, current clamp or open circuit control for each chamber • Overlay of uni/bipolar current pulses with variable parameters for dynamic definition of Gt/Rt • I/V and V/I curves with freely adjustable parameters • Minimum pulse duration 200 ms, max. amplitude ±250 µA for dynamic definition of Gt/Rt • Alphanumeric display of measured parameters • Ability to input marker and comments and save with data file • Printout of parameters in variable timetable W4 69-0300, W4 69-0301 or • Data format compatible to Excel W4 69-0302 2-, 4- or 6- Channel Microcomputer Current/Voltage • Continuous graphics display Clamp System • Experimental time up to 8 hours

physiology The Computer Controlled Multi-Clamp with Software is a combined Electro- voltage/current clamp and data acquisition system in one compact Specifications microcomputer controlled unit. The amplifiers are entirely controlled by Channels 2, 4 or 6 the associated acquisition and analysis software running on a Windows A/D Subsystem for 13 Bit PC computer. This makes for a clean, elegant, and simple to operate Analog Data Acquisition system. In its full configuration the multi-clamp can be used to control Current Source by D/A 12 Bit, isolated ussing/diffusion and collect electrophysiological data from up to six NaviCyte horizontal or Serial Connection to PC COM1 / COM2 for bi-directional data transfer vertical diffusion chambers. Case Dimensions 24.5 x 11.4 x 19.7 cm (9.6 x 4.5 x 7.8 in) The system provides independent chamber control in three different modes: Power 100/230 VAC, 50/60 Hz voltage clamp, current clamp, and open circuit. An change between these System Parameters modes is possible during the experiment at each time point. Input Resistance > 109 Ω differential The Multi-Clamp is available in 2-, 4- or 6-channel configurations and is fully Input Current < 100 pA compatible with both NaviCyte Ussing chamber systems. The clamp provides Input Voltage ±400 mV, 0.1 mV step a separate A/D converter and isolated current source for each chamber, and Current Output ±2000 µA, 1 µA step current and voltage electrodes from each half-cell are connected to the Product of Current and 13 V Multi-Clamp via an electrode manifold. Data exchange between the PC and External Resistance Max the Multi-Clamp is via standard COM ports, and depending on the number of ports available, a single PC can handle several clamps. Order # Product An interesting option consists of the incorporation of a gas delivery system W4 69-0300 2-Channel Voltage/Current Clamp System into a NaviCyte/Multi-Clamp system. This gas delivery system consists of with Software 12 precision gas flow meters mounted to a stabilizing base and connect to W4 69-0301 4-Channel Voltage/Current Clamp System a 6-channel NaviCyte vertical or horizontal chamber systems. The 600 x with Software 400 mm stabilizing base also houses an electrode manifold for connecting W4 69-0302 6-Channel Voltage/Current Clamp System each Ag/AgCl electrodes to their respective half-cells. with Software Perfusion and Electrical Accessories Software W4 69-0303 12-Channel Precision Flowmeter and The Multi-Clamp system comes complete with an easy to use Windows Electrode Manifold 95/98/2000/XP based control and data acquisition software package that W4 66-0025 6-Channel Electrical Manifold for allows for the individual control and monitoring of each chamber. NaviCyte Chamber Systems Some features of the software include: • Automatic compensation of fluid resistance and electrode potential during the experiment

236 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com anrInstruments Warner aaAqiiin&Aayi System Analyze & Analysis Acquire & Acquisition Data rte pcfclyfrtesuyo pteiltissues. epithelial of study the for specifically written o xml,syyuwn omaueteds/epnecreo an of curve dose/response the measure to want you say example, For click gn nteIcadG yporsieadtosi ih isesamples. tissue eight in additions progressive by Gt and Isc the on agent is Analyze & Acquire packages, acquisition data general-purpose Unlike od hsyumntrteIcadG ntecmue ni tbebasal stable until computer the the on Gt and Isc the monitor you this do To ee o pcfe iehspse)yupaeaohreetmr and mark event another place you passed) has time specified a (or level otg oasraset ipyrpa h os oeet n clicks and movements mouse the repeat Simply spreadsheet. a to voltage ednsaeattained are readings aetescn diin hspoesi eetdutlaladditions all until repeated is process This addition. second the make ooti h aafrec usqetadto.Tesrasetthus spreadsheet The addition. subsequent each for data the obtain to osmaieteefc fteadtos s nlz ogahtedata the graph to Analyze use additions, the of effect the summarize To made. been have rae a esvdadipre ietyit xe o ute analysis. further for Excel into directly imported and saved be can created o l ise.Bgnb ipaigtemvbedt a n positioning and bar data movable the displaying by Begin tissues. 8 all for toe h aa urnsjs otelf ftefirst the of left the to just currents basal the over it custo n nlsssse oacmayoreihla otg clamps voltage epithelial our accompany to system analysis and Acquisition is diint l ise.We h urn ece e stable new a reaches current the When tissues. 8 all to addition first rmu o8tsusa ela nlsssfwr htealsoet ucl xrc eetddt n uptit output and data selected extract quickly to one enables that software conductance/resistance analysis and as voltage spreadsheets. well current, summary as record to tissues to 8 software system to and The up hardware chambers. from acquisition Ussing data in a mounted of epithelia consists from data electrophysiological transepithelial recording cur nlz sacmrhniedt custo n nlsspcaedsge pcfclyfor specifically designed package analysis and acquisition data comprehensive a is Analyze & Acquire h os osv h envle fcret odcac and conductance current, of values mean the save to mouse the Yo . hnpaea vn aki h ieadmake and file the in mark event an place then u hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • vn m event ussing/diffusion r.Right- ark. ad nu/uptcbe,adsfwr.Tesse a esr c measure can system and The software. and cables, input/output card, 469-0954 W4 cur nlz usudrWnosadicue aaacquisition data a includes and Windows under runs Analyze & Acquire Capabilities Analysis and Acquisition Data 464-1706 W4 64-1705 W4 Product Model 69-3145 W4 # Order srdfnbex cln;zo l,i,ot rpeiu;pnleft, pan previous; or out, in, all, zoom scaling; y x, definable User data corrected • area or raw Plot • vs. conductance or voltage current, of readout Graphical/digital • E • G • ierrgeso nlsso odcac s urn a be can current vs. conductance of analysis regression Linear • xrc aaudrmvbe dutbewdhtm a nfile in bar time width adjustable movable, under data Extract • • ciaedatvt custo nidvda lm units clamp individual on acquisition Activate/deactivate • eu n ogebtenfs n lwaqiiinsed to speeds acquisition slow and fast between toggle and Setup • lc iemrsit iet niaewe experimental when indicate to file into marks time Place • otgsfo pt otg-urn lm channels. clamp voltage-current 8 to up from voltages time data formats during multiple Isc in calculated acquisition and voltage circuit open calculated akgst rdc ulcto ult graphs. quality publication graphics produce commercial to into packages imported be may data Extracted omtcmail ihsrasetfiles. spreadsheet with compatible format down or up right, efre ndt ihntm a oetmt pericellular estimate to conductance. bar pathway time within data on performed atr rnin vns pescnb e yue n a be can and user by set be can speeds events; transient capture hne taytm uigexperiment during time any at changed aiuain eg,du diin)hv enmd;mrscnbe can marks made; been have additions) drug (e.g., manipulations rdfndadslce rmmn rb nee from entered be or menu from selected and predefined tatddt a eidvda onso envalues. mean or points individual be may data xtracted raphically O 8AItraeMdl o C 600, VCC for Module Interface 08/A MOD B5C2AItraeCbefrEC-825A for EC-800 Cable for Interface Cable Interface DB15EC825A DB9EC800 – ipa urn,vlae odcac,resistance, conductance, voltage, current, display C85 amps EC-825A Software Analysis C C,E-0 and EC-800 MC2, VCC aaAqiiinand Acquisition Data Analyze & Acquire www.warneronline.com keyboard urrents 237 ussing/diffusion ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment Data Acquisitionussing/diffusion & Analysis System HAI-118

The HAI-118 is a fast, high-resolution data acquisition system suitable for most data recording needs in the research laboratory, including studies of epithelial tissue. The system consists of data acquisition hardware and a programmable software package used to record current, voltage, and conductance/resistance from 4 to 6 tissues. physiology Electro-

W4 69-3130 HAI 118 Data Acquisition System

® ussing/diffusion The HAI-118 includes hardware from iWorx and the popular LabScribe Speed software package. This system offers 8 analog input channels, 8 digital The HAI-118 can collect 16 bit samples at 10kHz bandwidth on a single or outputs, 4 digital inputs and 2 DACs. The hardware connects to PC up to eight channels simultaneously. compatible computers via USB, so setup is plug-and-play easy. USB Connection DACs Connection to the computer is accomplished over the popular USB port. The HAI-118 offers two ± 0V DACs. Each DAC is independently This eliminates the need to install special interface cards and makes the programmable and can be synchronized with one another. Basic stimulus HAI 118 compatible with notebook computers. The HAI 118 has a small parameters for each DAC, such as pulse width, frequency, and amplitude footprint and in combination with a notebook requires very little bench can be changed on the fly using handy controls located in the LabScribe space. software tool bar. Standard protocols include pulse, train, and step waveform. Each standard protocol allows the quiescent state to be a Software Included holding voltage thereby making it ideal for voltage clamping Powerful LabScribe® software is included with each HAI 118. LabScribe is applications. provided with a site license at no additional charge and upgrades are free forever. The program will actually upgrade itself on any Internet Resolution connected machine. A 16 bit A/D converter is used to sample data over the full input range. Typical noise on any input is less than 1 mV. This allows the recording of signals from 10 mV to 10 V without the need for additional external gain. Digital Input/Output Eight digital output lines are available and the digital output connectors are industry standard BNC, eliminating the need for custom cables. Programming output lines is point-and-click and no complicated scripting language is required. Four digital input lines are also provided. One digital input line can be configured as as external trigger.

238 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com Data Acquisition &ussing/diffusion Analysis System HAI-118 (continued)

Supported Applications Real Units Epithelial Studies - Output from Warner's EC-800 and EC-825A, • LabScribe software allows you to calibrate the displayed data in as well the VCC Series epithelial voltage clamps can be fed directly into any units that you choose the HAI-118. The voltage clamp protocol in the LabScribe program's • Reading your data in mm Hg or grams or A takes the guesswork out stimulator section makes recording of data of four to six epithelial of analysis channels possible. Real-time Annotation Oocyte Studies - LabScribe's gain telegraph feature automatically • Keyboard input from the user may be time locked to the data to calibrates the software to Warner's Oocyte Clamp so that the main indicate drug delivery or stimulus points display reads in current and voltage. The on-board stimulator includes a flexible voltage clamp protocol so an external stimulator is not required. • You can search and "Go To Annotations" anywhere in the data Finally, the digital output capability of the HAI-118 also adds the ability to Real-time Functions automate your oocyte rig. Organ and Tissue Bath Studies - LabScribe's • LabScribe currently supports 17 functions that are calculated and smooth data recording interface and available 8 channels area perfect fit displayed in real-time, each is called from a single click in the for tissue and organ bath studies. Real-time displays of force in grams as Main window well as real-time annotations are ideal for these types of studies. In addition, the on board stimulator and digital outputs make automation of • These include Periodic (rate, freq., period, max, min, tasks like filling and draining baths or delivering drugs very mean), dV/dt, integral, Channel Math, Cardiac, EEG and Spirometry straightforward. An available 8 channel high voltage field stimulator is • Functions can be applied to raw data in real-time or they can be directly controlled by the HAI-118 and LabScribe software. called after the data has been recorded Electrophysiology Studies - The high speed nature of the HAI-118 make Volt Meter Panel it perfect for studies involving blood pressure and sympathetic nerve • LabScribe can display a voltmeter status panel activity as well as all types of cardiac electrophysiology, even in rapid heartrate animals such as mice where extra speed is required. • Values recorded on each channel are displayed in large type, easily visible from across the room Labscribe Data Acquisition Software The cornerstone of the HAI-118 data acquisition system is the LabScribe software. A single program, LabScribe • Display DAC output on any channel Electro-

detects what hardware it is connected to and self-configures. LabScribe • Ability to revert back to Raw Data at any time physiology is, by far, the easiest to use data recording and analysis solution • LabScribe reports can available. It strikes the ideal balance between flexibility and simplicity. Just push the "Start" button, then use the AutoScale feature to center and Journal expand your data; and you're recording! The ‘click and play’ approach of • LabScribe reports can be prepared and edited, all within the the software extends to a useful assortment of analyses, such as rate, program's own Journal. integral, and conversion to real units. And, of course, built-in online help • No need to export to word processor or spreadsheet programs. is always available.

• The onboard journal also serves as a collecting place for the various ussing/diffusion LabScribe Software Features: measurements made in the Analysis window. Simplified User Interface • The journal saves automatically with the file in .rtf format, which • Only two mouse-clicks are required to record most data can be opened by any word processor. • Only one mouse-click is required for most online functions Offline Functions • Use of screen-time makes time calculations quick and simple • Twenty-six offline calculations are also supported. These operate on a selection of data and return a value. While more are being added AutoScale all the time, the current list includes area under the curve, max-min, • Automatically ensures the optimal scaling of displayed data slope at a point, slope of the line of best fit and the mean. • A simple click centers and expands the data in the display XY Plot window to fill the available space • In the Analysis window you can choose to overlay selected portions • You can toggle between Best View and a preset viewing range or of your data or you can plot different channels against one another you can zoom the time base or y axis scaling with a single click in an XY style plot. Fast Scrolling • In XY mode, the available measurement functions adjust to • LabScribe’s display can smoothly scroll data at any speed the xy mode. • Useful when high resolution data is compressed on the time axis to create a data overview.

Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com 239 Data Acquisitionussing/diffusion & Analysis System HAI-118 (continued)

LabScribe Software Features: (continued) Specifications Export Input: • Recorded data may be exported in text (.txt), pictures (.png) or Number of Analog Inputs 8 single ended BNC MatLab (.mat) format. Input Impedance 1 MΩ • This is ideal for post analysis in programs like Excel or MatLab Input Range ±10 V and export picture formats make reports or poster presentations Noise 1 mV typical easy to create. Gain Telegraph Software or hardware 8 bit • Of course, you can always print data from any window in A/D Converter: the program. Sample Speed 1 sample/sec - 100k sample/sec Resolution 16 bit The Stimulator Interface USB • LabScribe has full support for the analog outputs on HAI hardware. Trigger or Digital Input Lines 4, TTL • The user can specify simple pulses or complex protocols involving Output: trains and stepped voltage patterns. Digital Output Lines 8 TTL • When used with HAI 118 hardware, LabScribe supports two Digital Output Connector BNC simultaneous outputs. DAC Performance: Digital I/O Number of DACs 2 • When used with the HAI 118 the LabScribe software allows the DAC Resolution 12 bit user to configure eight digital inputs or outputs. DAC Speed 100k sample/sec, Independent of sample speed • Digital inputs can show frequency, period, duty cycle, time on or DAC Output Range ±10V raw data physiology DAC Modes Pulse, Train, Step, DC, Custom Electro- • Digital outputs can be assembled into control protocols for Pulse Width 0.01 ms to 6500 ms (pulse mode) external devices Frequency 0.2 Hz to 50kHz (pulse Mode) Settings Trigger Modes External Trigger, Data Threshold • Settings or templates for various experiments are stored in the Trigger, User Trigger Display Real time user definable screen ussing/diffusion program's settings menu independent of sample rate. User • This makes changing program settings to accommodate different definable scale units: Auto Scale, experiments point-and-click easy Full Scale or User Scale Enclosure Aluminum Broadcast Power 120/220 VAC, 60/50 HZ, CE compliant • A version (LS/16MC) of LabScribe is available that transmits recorded data in real-time over your local area network! • Ideal for teaching or student labs where everyone can not Order # Model Product get data first hand, this feature allows the network to share W4 69-3130 IX118 Data acquisition system with what the broadcast version sees hardware and Labscribe® software Gain Telegraph • LabScribe will automatically calibrate and display the out put of Warner Instrument Voltage/Patch Clamp amplifiers • This feature takes into account the changes in gain that may be applied from the voltage clamp Software license allows copying on all departmental and student computers.

240 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com PLPU pl management spill SPILLPRUF • ls 0 laro optbe-Cas10 Class - Compatible Cleanroom 100 Class • isolation horizontal Excellent • frequency natural Low • irDme construction VibraDamped • o rfl aulAro uoai-i designs Automatic-Air or Manual-Air profile Low • nace rc performance / price Unmatched • orefrue(o included) (not use for source requires It available). not leveling. is manual source periodic air an where situations for (good h 22Sre sa uoai-i einta eursa xenlair external an requires that design Automatic-Air an is Series 2212 The pump hand included an using design Manual-Air a is Series 2210 The equipment. tabletop precision of performance anrInstruments Warner 72-4736 W4 72-4735 W4 72-4734 W4 72-4733 W4 72-4732 W4 72-4731 W4 72-4730 W4 72-4729 W4 72-4728 W4 Top Platform 64-0082 W4 Movement Air 64-0081 W4 Capacity 72-4756 Max. W4 72-4755 Width W4 x Depth No. Catalog the enhance Platforms Vibration-Free BenchMate Series 2200 These for hs alsaentcmail ihtePaa ii iae workstation. Bilayer Lipid Planar the with compatible not are tables These ecMt irto-rePlatforms Vibration-Free BenchMate Series 2200 available eua use. regular 4x3 nu o40lsAtmtcArFroantcS PLPU ihM 5mcenter 25mm x M6 with SPILLPRUF SS Ferromagnetic with SPILLPRUF SS Ferromagnetic SS centers Air Ferromagnetic 25mm Automatic x M6 with SPILLPRUF SS Air Ferromagnetic Automatic with SPILLPRUF SS Air Ferromagnetic Automatic centers 25mm lbs x 450 M6 to with SS up Air SPILLPRUF Ferromagnetic Automatic SS Ferromagnetic lbs 450 to with up Air SPILLPRUF Automatic SS Ferromagnetic lbs 450 to up Air Automatic SS Ferromagnetic lbs 200 to up Air in Manual 30 Workstation x lbs Bilayer 24 200 pump for to hand table includes up Workstation, Air Bilayer Custom in for Manual 30 table Custom x lbs 24 200 to up Air in Manual 30 x lbs 24 200 to SS up Air Ferromagnetic in Automatic SS 24 Ferromagnetic x lbs 20 200 to up Air in Manual 24 x lbs 20 200 to up Air in Automatic 24 x lbs 20 200 to up Air in Manual 24 x lbs 20 200 to up in 24 x lbs 20 200 to up in 24 x lbs 20 200 to up in 19 x 16 in 19 x 16 in 19 x 16 in 19 x 16 hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • I . sasl-eeigui n srecommended is and unit self-leveling a is t irto isolation vibration a.La 0psi 80 @ Load Max. Frequency: Natural Horizontal Frequency: Natural Vertical psi 20 @ Load Min. Specifications Finish psi: 80 @ Capacity Load Gross Frequency: Natural Horizontal Frequency: Natural Vertical Applications rcso esrn n etn Equipment Testing and Measuring Precision • Equipment Audio • Balances • Profiometers • irhrns Testers Microhardness • tmcFreMicroscopes Force Atomic • slto fiiny@1 z92% 40% Hz 10 @ Efficiency 83% Isolation Hz 5 52% @ Efficiency Isolation Hz 10 @ Efficiency Isolation Hz 5 @ Efficiency Isolation 47-78t 47-739. g(0 lbs) (200 kg 90.8 Others 95% All 72-4733 W4 81% to 72-4728 W4 Hz 10 @ Efficiency 91% Isolation Hz 5 70% @ Efficiency Isolation Hz 10 @ Efficiency Isolation Hz 5 @ Efficiency Isolation PrilList) (Partial ermgei tils te with steel stainless Ferromagnetic tils te ihM 5mo center on 25mm x M6 with steel stainless 1 steel, stainless Ferromagnetic ⁄ 4 2 "cneso Ferromagnetic or centers 1" x -20 1 1 1 . Hz 2.9 0 g(5 lbs) (450 kg 204 Hz 1.8 . Hz 2.3 . Hz 2.1 ⁄ ⁄ ⁄ 4 4 4 2 "centers 1" x -20 centers 1" x -20 centers 1" x -20 www.warneronline.com 241 vibration isolation ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment 5600 Seriesvibration isolation Lightweight VIBRALITE Breadboards

Order # W x D Top

1 W4 72-4741 18 x 24 in English SPILLPRUF ⁄4-20 x 1 in W4 72-4742 18 x 24 in Metric (45 x 60 cm) SPILLPRUF M6 x 25 mm

1 W4 72-4743 24 x 48 in English SPILLPRUF ⁄4-20 x 1 in W4 72-4744 24 x 48 in Metric (45 x 120 cm) SPILLPRUF M6 x 25 mm

1 W4 72-4745 24 x 24 in. English SPILLPRUF ⁄4-20 x 1 in W4 72-4746 24 x 24 in Metric (60 x 60 cm) SPILLPRUF M6 x 25 mm

1 W4 72-4747 24 x 36 in English SPILLPRUF ⁄4-20 x 1 in W4 72-4748 24 x 36 in Metric (60 x 90 cm) SPILLPRUF M6 x 25 mm

1 W4 72-4749 24 x 48 in English SPILLPRUF ⁄4-20 x 1 in W4 72-4750 24 x 48 in Metric (60 x 120 cm) SPILLPRUF M6 x 25 mm • Nominal broadband damping 1 W4 72-4751 36 x 48 in English SPILLPRUF ⁄4-20 x 1 in • High natural frequency W4 72-4752 36 x 48 in Metric (90 x 120 cm) • Magnetic SPILLPRUF M6 x 25 mm • Thickness: 1 inch or 2 inch nominal Accessories • 1⁄8 inch Ferromagnetic stainless steel top and W4 72-4753 Level-Lok Tie-downs, qty. of 4 W4 72-4754 Level-Lok Tie-downs, qty. of 5 physiology bottom skin Electro- • Extruded structural aluminum core • Flatness: ±0.004 inch over 24 x 24 inch • SPILLPRUF mounting holes English 1⁄4-20 x 1 inch or Metric M6 x 25 mm grid irto isolation vibration

These economical 5600 Series VIBRALITE breadboards feature a lightweight construction with 1⁄8 inch ferromagnetic stainless steel top and bottom skins with an aluminum core to reduce weight. They are an excellent economical choice. VIBRALITE breadboards are thinner and smaller than full-size optical tables, these “mini-tables” are built with the same precision tooling and high quality materials. Furnished with SPILLPRUF tapped mounting holes. Optional, Level-Lok™ tie-downs fasten your breadboard to another surface, enabling you to level your work surface and lock it down. They are available in packages of 4 or 5 tie-downs.

242 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com ls 0 laro optbe-Cas10 Class - Compatible Cleanroom 100 Class • sizes 12 from Choose • tabletops of Choice • rooi styling Ergonomic • level deflection zero preset a Maintains • ihpromneatmtcarsuspension automatic-air performance High • irDme te frame steel VibraDamped • oiotlvbainisolation vibration Horizontal • etclvbainisolation vibration Vertical • eie aaiy aaa ae r fee saccessories. as offered are Cages Faraday capacity. desired anrInstruments Warner the to convertible field is and capacities, load two for available are Workstations VIBRAPLANE Series 9100 The aMt IRPAEWorkstations VIBRAPLANE LabMate Series 9100 available rgrls fla diino removal) or addition load of (regardless hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • irto isolation vibration iiu od@2 psi 20 @ Load Minimum Specifications Padd - must all accessories; any include not do workstations vibraplane Labmate Finish: psi: 80 @ Capacity Hz Load 1.2 Gross Frequency: Natural Horizontal Frequency: Natural Vertical psi 80 @ Load Hz Max. 2.2 Frequency: Natural Horizontal Frequency: Natural Vertical oe yia efrac fiinisaefrmicrodisturbances for are efficiencies performance Typical Note: - shelf Sliding - separately. purchased be MWRqieafr itfrtasotwe eiee,Arx 0 lbs. 500 Aprox. delivered, when transport for lift fork a Require LMVW ur n ierissi oehr(odnpg,Arx4 lbs 45 Aprox pkg), (wooden together ship rails side and Guard 4 5x8in) 8 x 15 x (43 Gadrisadsd al utb ucae separately. purchased be must rails side and rails *Guard Applications arny1year. 1 Warranty Supplied Castors tmcFreMicroscopes Force Atomic • akAligning Mask • ae Probing Wafer • Microscopes Optical • ac Clamping Patch • ofclMicroscopes Confocal • elInjection Cell • nltclBalances Analytical • ls 10 Class Standard 9102 97% 9101 91% Hz 10 @ Efficiency Isolation Hz 97% 5 @ Efficiency Isolation 85% Hz 10 @ Efficiency Isolation Hz 5 @ Efficiency Isolation 90% 64% Hz 10 @ Efficiency Isolation Hz 90% 5 @ Efficiency Isolation 70% Hz 10 @ Efficiency Isolation Hz 5 @ Efficiency Isolation dA ed npcae f2. of packages in mRss-Sd Rails Side - Rests rm PrilList) (Partial ur Rails Guard - oe ultStrip Outlet Power - ht px odrCoat Powder Epoxy White Polyurethane White Linear lbs) (1300 kg 590 lbs) (800 kg 363 . Hz 1.5 Hz 1.9 www.warneronline.com 243 vibration isolation ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment 9100 Seriesvibration isolation LabMate VIBRAPLANE Workstations (continued)

Order # Load Capacity Depth x Width Tabletop W4 72-4701 648 lbs 30 x 36 in 2" White Composite w/White Plastic Laminate W4 72-4702 648 lbs 30 x 36 in 2" White Composite w/Stainless Steel Laminate

1 W4 72-4703 627 lbs 30 x 36 in 4" SPILLPRUF Honeycomb ⁄4-20 x1 in. centers W4 72-4704 627 lbs 30 x 36 in 4" SPILLPRUF Honeycomb M6 x 25 mm centers W4 72-4706 598 lbs 30 x 48 in 2" White Composite w/White Plastic Laminate W4 72-4707 598 lbs 30 x 48 in 2" White Composite w/Stainless Steel Laminate

1 W4 72-4708 569 lbs 30 x 48 in 4" SPILLPRUF Honeycomb ⁄4-20 x1 in. centers W4 72-4709 569 lbs 30 x 48 in 4" SPILLPRUF Honeycomb M6 x 25 mm centers W4 72-4711 548 lbs 30 x 60 in 2" White Composite w/White Plastic Laminate W4 72-4712 548 lbs 30 x 60 in 2" White Composite w/Stainless Steel Laminate

1 W4 72-4713 512 lbs 30 x 60 in 4" SPILLPRUF Honeycomb ⁄4-20 x 1 in. centers W4 72-4714 512 lbs 30 x 60 in 4" SPILLPRUF Honeycomb M6 x 25 mm centers W4 72-4716 679 lbs 24 x 36 in 2" White Composite w/White Plastic Laminate W4 72-4717 679 lbs 24 x 36 in 2" White Composite w/Stainless Steel Laminate W4 72-4719 558 lbs 36 x 48 in 2" White Composite w/White Plastic Laminate W4 72-4720 558 lbs 36 x 48 in 2" White Composite w/Stainless Steel Laminate

1 W4 72-4721 523 lbs 36 x 48 in 4" SPILLPRUF Honeycomb ⁄4-20 x 1 in. centers W4 72-4722 523 lbs 36 x 48 in 4" SPILLPRUF Honeycomb M6 x 25 mm centers W4 72-4724 562 lbs 36 x 60 in 2" White Composite w/White Plastic Laminate

physiology W4 72-4725 562 lbs 36 x 60 in 2" White Composite w/Stainless Steel Laminate Electro- 1 W4 72-4726 954 lbs 36 x 60 in 4" SPILLPRUF Honeycomb ⁄4-20 x 1 in. centers W4 72-4727 954 lbs 36 x 60 in 4" SPILLPRUF Honeycomb M6 x 25 mm centers Order # Model Product Accessories

irto isolation vibration W4 64-1458 RC-4 Retractable Casters, set of 4 W4 64-1459-36 GR-36 Guard Rails, 36 inch length, front and rear W4 64-1459-48 GR-48 Guard Rails, 48 inch length, front and rear W4 64-1459-60 GR-60 Guard Rails, 60 inch length, front and rear W4 64-1459-72 GR-72 Guard Rails, 72 inch length, front and rear W4 64-1460 PA2 Padded Arm Rests, pkg. of two W4 64-1461-10 SS-10 Sliding Shelf, 10 inch width, 31 inch length W4 64-1461-12 SS-12 Sliding Shelf, 12 inch width, 31 inch length W4 64-1461-14 SS-14 Sliding Shelf, 14 inch width, 31 inch length W4 64-1462 PAC Portable Air Compressor W4 64-1463 EOS Electrical Outlet Strip W4 64-1607 SDR Side Rails W4 72-4737 24 x 36 in Kinetic Systems Faraday Cage*, Height 48 in W4 72-4738 30 x 36 in Kinetic Systems Faraday Cage*, Height 48 in W4 72-4739 30 x 48 in Kinetic Systems Faraday Cage*, Height 48 in W4 72-7733 30 x 60 in Kinetic Systems Faraday Cage*, Height 48 in W4 72-4740 36 x 48 in Kinetic Systems Faraday Cage*, Height 48 in W4 72-7734 36 x 60 in Kinetic Systems Faraday Cage*, Height 48 in W4 72-6021 36 in Side Rails for Kinetic Systems Faraday Cage W4 72-6023 24 in Side Rails for Kinetic Systems Faraday Cage *Requires Side and Guard Rails

244 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com hieo tabletops of Choice • built-in Rugged • iblpiston Gimbal • 0.005 strength. attachment ferromagnetic reduces which This liquids. corrosive to top the of exposure repeated involve not will and nenlpiston Internal • height Aluminum • anrInstruments Warner non- and cage Faraday both for Available Pads Armrest They legs. rear and front table’s the on mount rails steel adjustable These Bars Support Rear and Front Accessories 4 are Tops array. hole mounting tapped and drilled spill-proof, a Features II CleanTop surface, top the to added is laminate plastic A sacrificing performance. without structural steel stainless to alternative easy-to-clean An Steel Stainless on Laminate Plastic attachment magnetic strong a require that applications for Recommended Laminate Steel Stainless Tops Table with Now diverse kg). (160 lb 350 to up loads for excellent surface an working provides vibration-free Table Lab High-Performance Series 63-500 The and Vertical • cnigmicroscopy. scanning upr a rPrmtrEcoueadcnsiefo iet iefor side to side from slide can and Enclosure Perimeter or Bar Support Front the to fasten rests forearm leather Adjustable applications. cage Faraday A mounted. be can shelves which in slots have and cantilevered be may on holes M6 or spacing in. 1 on holes 1/4–20 have and thick mm) (100 in. honeycomb II CleanTop our of flatness precision the have not does top recommen are tables these construction, modular htmcocp,sann unlmcocp,adcnoa laser confocal and microscopy, tunnel scanning photomicroscopy, 5m pcn.Tesalcl-ieselhnyobdsg provides design honeycomb steel stiff cell-size small The spacing. mm 25 o.Fans s0.03 is Flatness top. de ofr.Sl nst ftopads. two of sets in Sold comfort. added front A pads. armrest 60-4555 with use for required is bar support front n erspotbri eurdfruewt ldn hle.Spotbars Support shelves. sliding with use for required is bar support rear and antb sdi ojnto ihteFrdycage. Faraday the with conjunction in used be cannot ihPromneLbTables Lab High-Performance Series 63-500 eeigfeet leveling rvlrestraint travel valves control oiotlisolation horizontal isolators rd er n 01 mm). (0.13 in. plctosa lcrpyilg,cl neto,ultramicrotomy, injection, cell electrophysiology, as applications migta h tils te aiae urnedfa to flat Guaranteed laminate. steel stainless the than amping i 0 .(08mm). 0.8 ( n. ™ hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • irto isolation vibration rrs Pads Armrest e o s nsuch in use for ded ldn hle o o-aaa aeApplications Cage Non-Faraday for Shelves Sliding n8 iesefta ldsfel rmsd osd ihnteFaraday the within side to side from enclosure. freely cage slides that shelf wide Applications 8" An Cage Faraday for Shelf Sliding causes redu and operate to easy is panel front retracting type “window-shade” improved offers Cage Faraday II Type The Cage Faraday II Type side sliding the and Cage Faraday to the top for table support the non-isolated surrounds provide completely that structure welded-steel fixed, A Enclosures Full-Perimeter Fixed ( lb 1,000 of capacity weight total a with casters retractable four of set A Casters all covering laminate plastic white with wood of made are shelves Sliding front The assembly. simplified and access Shelf. Side Sliding wide 8" accepts Only shelf. mounted front the on bracket metal A widths. 20" and 14 10, 6, in Available sides. h al es isall Fits legs. table the ewe ul pndadflyclosed, fully and opened fully between tables. deo h hl isit h lti h rn upr a.Sevsslide Shelves bar. support front the in slot the into fits shelf the of edge n ty npsto ihu fastener. a without position in stays and reyfo iet ieadaeesl itdfo h upr as Built- bars. support the from lifted easily are and side to side from freely h yeI aaa aerqie the requires cage Faraday II Type The 350Sre table. Series 63-500 the to mount to enclosure full-perimeter nsospeetsevsfo ldn u fslots. of out sliding from shelves prevent stops in 5 g a be can kg) 450 e d ced ae a epstoe anywhere positioned be may panel otebs of base the to subnewe dutd The adjusted. when isturbance atr sto 4) of (set Casters www.warneronline.com yeI aaa Cage Faraday II Type 245 vibration isolation ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment 63-500 Seriesvibration isolation High-Performance Lab Tables

Specifications Vertical natural frequency: High Input 1.2 Hz Low Input 1.5-2.0 Hz Isolation efficiency @ 5Hz 70-85% Isolation efficiency @ 10Hz 90-97% Horizontal natural frequency: High Input 1.0 Hz Low Input 1.2-1.7 Hz Isolation efficiency @ 5Hz 75-90% Isolation efficiency @ 10Hz 90-97% Gross load capacity 1400 lb (640 kg) Net load capacity 350 lb (160 kg) Finish Black powder coat frame Stainless steel top Facilities required 80 PSI

Tables physiology

Electro- Description 25" x 36" 30" x 30" 30" x 36" 30" x 48" 36" x 48" Stainless steel top W4 60-4750 W4 60-4751 W460-4752 W460-4753 W4 60-4754 Plastic laminate top W4 60-4755 W4 60-4756 W460-4757 W460-4758 W4 60-4759

1 Cleantop II, ⁄4-20 thread ------W460-4760 W460-4761 W4 60-4762 Cleantop II, M6 thread ------W460-4763 W460-4764 W4 60-4765 irto isolation vibration

Accessories for Non-Faraday Cage Applications Description 25" x 36" 30" x 30" 30" x 36" 30" x 48" 36" x 48" Front support bar W4 60-4536 W4 60-4535 W460-4536 W460-4537 W4 60-4537 Rear support bar W4 60-4540 W4 60-4539 W460-4540 W460-4541 W4 60-4541 Armrest pads (set of 2) W4 60-4567 W4 60-4567 W460-4567 W460-4567 W4 60-4567 Sliding shelf, 6" wide W4 60-4543 W4 60-4547 W460-4547 W460-4547 W4 60-4551 Sliding shelf, 10" wide W4 60-4544 W4 60-4548 W460-4548 W460-4548 W4 60-4552 Sliding shelf, 14" wide W4 60-4545 W4 60-4549 W460-4549 W460-4549 W4 60-4553 Sliding shelf, 20" wide W4 60-4546 W4 60-4550 W460-4550 W460-4550 W4 60-4554 Casters (set of 4) W4 60-4798 W4 60-4798 W460-4798 W460-4798 W4 60-4798

Accessories for Faraday Cage Applications Description 30" x 36" 30" x 48" 36" x 48" Faraday Cage W460-4799 W460-4800 W4 60-4801 Perimeter enclosure for W460-4804 W460-4806 W4 60-4808 stainless steel and laminated tops (required for cage) Perimeter enclosure W460-4805 W460-4807 W4 60-4809 for Cleantop tops (required for cage) Armrest pads (set of 2) W460-4568 W460-4568 W4 60-4568 Hanging shelf W460-4571 W460-4572 W4 60-4572 Sliding side shelf, 8" wide W460-4811 W460-4811 W4 60-4815 Casters (set of 4) W460-4798 W460-4798 W4 60-4798

246 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com o mgn plctosonly applications imaging For • immediate ioa,pleadD modes DC and pulse Bipolar, • us itsfo 0 st 0 eod e ahplrt r possible. are polarity each per seconds 100 to µs 100 from widths pulse anrInstruments Warner n eiecpbeo eeaigaTLlvlpstv us computer a – pulse positive level TTL a by generating controlled of be capable can device pulses any Timing output. and the input at the isolation at transformer isolation optical stimulation features field SIU-102 having the chambers electrodes, imaging Warner with use for Designed V 100 to up voltage mA, 100 to up Current • modes voltage constant and current Constant • r osbei osatcreto osatvlaedlvr oe.For modes. delivery voltage constant bipol or pulses current bipolar constant and in DC, possible negative are or positive pulses, negative or Positive example. for acquisition, data with pia opigi sdt slt h stimulator the isolate to used is coupling Optical • uptapiuei e sn ag oesic ncnucinwith conjunction in switch mode range a using set is amplitude Output niao ihske h srapie ftefollowing: the of apprised user the keep lights Indicator e-unptnimtrt e ecnaeo h eetdrange. selected the of percentage a set to potentiometer ten-turn a tmlsIoainUi ioa ihCurrent High Bipolar – Unit Isolation Stimulus SIU-102 eindfruewt anrsiaigcabr n ihisrswt il tmlto electrodes stimulation field with inserts dish and chambers imaging Warner's with use for Designed x.Tigr ihswe ai nu sapidt h us In Pulse the to applied is input valid a when Lights Trigger: Ext. rmplesource pulse from >0 e:Lgt hnplewdhipti ogrta 100 than longer is input width pulse when Lights Sec: T>100 ihvlae ihsrdwe uptvlaeaoe3 volts 30 above voltage output when red Lights Compliance: voltage: High rd ar lvr,apstv us uigteiptplei followed is pulse input the during pulse positive a elivery, yb eaiepleo qa uainadapiue Bipolar amplitude. and duration equal of pulse negative a by ly BNC mode Bipolar in seconds for w Lights urn setting current hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • e meac cosotu stohigh too is output across impedance hen re oe Product 64-1425 W4 Model 64-1424 W4 # Order kg 3 cm 25.4 Warranty x 20 x VA 8.9 10 Hz, Weight 50/60 VAC, Shipping D 270 x to W 90 Jacks x Banana H Size, Physical BNC Requirements Power Connector Output Connector Input Width Pulse dial Multi-turn V, 3 pulse positive level, TTL Requirements Pulse Input Switch Mode by Control Selected Amplitude V 100 Polarity kΩ Output 1 Range: V 10 Compliance Output Mode V Voltage 100 and 10 Impedance Pulse Output Voltage mA or 100 Pulse and Current 10, DC, 1, Ranges Voltage Output Ranges Current Output Waveform Output Specifications C12Cable CC-102 stimulators C12Cbe aebnn o1m jacks mm 1 to banana male Cable, CC-102 Unit Isolation Stimulus SIU-102 w er,prsadlabor and parts years, Two Only) s Mode 100 (Bipolar Width: Pulse Maximum µs 100 Minimum minimum mA 1 mode negative any in negative any in positive is connector Red kΩ 10 Range: V 100 oiiemd:Rdcnetris connector Red mode: positive fruewt anrfield Warner with use (for tmlto chambers) stimulation www.warneronline.com 247 stimulators ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment DS4 stimulators Bipolar Isolated Stimulator

Compatible with electrophysiology recording

Specifications Output Biphasic constant current proportional to the input voltage Output Ranges ±10_A; ±100_A; ±1mA; ±10mA for a full scale input Output Duration >2_s Compliance ±48V from 8x GP23A batteries Linearity ±3% of full scale output for each output range Output Impedance >900Mohms Output Rise Time <5_s (1kohm load), <40_s (1Mohm load) Frequency Response Expected DS4 output is maintained for frequencies up to 5kHz. Inputs IN Ranges ±1; ±2.5; ±5; ±10 V full scale (selected by an internal jumper) with a limit of ±12V max without damage Input Impedance 1Mohm GATE Range: TTL; Gate OFF if Low; Gate ON if High or open circuit. Limit of ±15V max. • No interference with recordings Input Impedance: 10kohm Inactivity Sensor The output is disabled if the voltage input remains

physiology • No ground loops within 0±0.2% of the full scale value for a user Electro- selectable period of 100ms, 200ms, 1s or 2s. This time • Bi-phasic constant current period can be adjusted with an internal jumper. • Gated operation allows multiple units Connections Output - 2mm shrouded, touch-proof sockets (red and • Battery powered energy saver circuitry black) spaced at 0.75" Input - Front panel BNC socket Gate - Front panel BNC socket

stimulators The DS4 provides an isolated biphasic constant current stimulus in Battery Test - Six 2mm sockets response to an external command voltage signal. Generally speaking, the Power - Socket for external power supply command signal is a computer generated DAC signal via software. Controls: Gate - On/Off toggle (off overrides BNC input) Output Range - 4 position rotary switch The DS4 accepts a variety of voltage input ranges from ±1V to ±10V and Power - On/Off toggle switch produces a constant current output in 4 overlapping ranges from ±10_A to Indicators Power ON - LED Green (lit when the power supply is ±10mA. The compliance voltage is ±48V. connected and DS4 is switched On) Gate Enabled - LED Amber (lit when Gate is On and In addition, the DS4’s GATE input allows multiple DS4's to be connected the Gate Input is held TTL high) Phase+ve - LED Amber (lit when input exceeds +0.2% to a single analog voltage source, with each DS4 capable of being of full scale voltage) independently enabled. Phase-ve - LED Amber (lit when input exceeds -0.2% of full scale voltage) One problem with stimulators that use an external voltage source to Power Included external power supply (input voltage define the stimulus waveform is that small offsets or noisy baseline 110V - 220V) providing ±15V DC output signals from the DAC's can result in battery drain or low amplitude 10 x 12V GP23A Batteries. stimulation. The DS4 uses a special "inactivity sensor" to monitor the Mounting One or two stimulators may be mounted in a 19" rack input voltage and disable the output if this voltage falls within 0.2% of using a specially fabricated frame (D121-11) the full scale value for a user selectable time period. This "inactivity Dimensions (w x h x d) 190 x 110 x 80 mm (7.5 x 4.3 x 3.1 in) sensor" reduces battery usage and damaging "leak currents" during Weight (approx.) 500g (1.1 lbs) infrequent stimulation, while at the same time maintaining low zero crossing distortion for repetitive waveforms. Order # Model Product The DS4 uses an external power supply to power the input control W4 65-0364 DS4 Biphasic Stimulus Isolator circuitry and inexpensive batteries to provide an opto-isolated voltage source.

248 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com anrInstruments Warner atr oee nrysvrcircuitry saver energy powered Battery • S:2µ 2m rm9 Volts 90 from mA 32 - µA 2 DS3: • recordings with interference Minimal • SA 0 aiu tu o5 mA 50 to up at maximum V 100 DS2A: • loops ground No • osatVlaeadCntn urn sltdStimulators Isolated Current Constant and Voltage Constant DS3 and DS2A hsEMF hudb sltdbt rmgon n rmtetiming the from and ground from both isolated be should E.M.F. this eeao sdt ees h tmls h SAadD3flilthese fulfill DS3 and DS2A The stimulus. the release to used generator a as current of pulse brief a use electrophysiology in experiments Many eurmnsb sn efcnandbteisa h oreo power of source the as batteries contained self using by requirements of source the that desirable is It fibers. muscle or nerve excite to stimulus te tmlsgnrtn eiesc steD2TigrGnrtr The Generator. Trigger DG2 the as such device generating stimulus other at n pia opigi mlydt slt th isolate sourc to employed is coupling optical and irscnst w eod ycnrl ntesiuaoso a ethe be can or stimulators the on 20 controls of by range seconds the two over to adjustable microseconds is output stimulator the of duration aea h ple rge pulse. trigger applied the as same urn sdanfo h atre nyadisrmnshv non- have instruments and only batteries the from drawn is Current odcieecoue igeso utni rvdd w provided, is button shot single A enclosure. conductive etr prtdsiuao sflfreetohsooyexperiments electrophysiology for useful stimulator operated bettery A l ie repcieo h rge input. trigger the of irrespective times all .Peietmn fsiuu plcto a ecnrle yaP or PC a by controlled be can application stimulus of timing Precise e. hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • tmltrfo h trigger the from stimulator e iho hich perates igeShot* Single pF 3 than less coupling capacity circuitry; stimulator mA 32 to 2 and mA 3.2 to 0.2 µA, 320 to 20 µA, 32 V to 90 2 switch; panel (DS3) front Compliance by Output selected (Low) V 9 (High), (DS3) V Ranges 99 Output (DS2A) Voltage Output Maximum Specifications Nt:Flildb ohD2 n DS3. and DS2A both by Fulfilled *Note: Product Model 65-0329 W4 # Order Weight Dimensions: Type Battery 465-0337 W4 65-0550 W4 us it otos:Todaspoiigcniuu dutet vrrange over adjustments continuous providing dials Two Controls*: Width Pulse Batteries max. K 1.25 control, amplitude of position on Dependent (DS2A) Impedance Output rge slto*Otclculn sepoe ewe rge oreand source trigger between employed is coupling Optical Isolation* Trigger 2) ae ie10x10m 75x43in) 4.3 x (7.5 mm 110 x 190 Depth Size Panel 1) stimulators SAIoae Stimulator, Isolated DS2A 111 9Ic akMutn Frame, Mounting Rack Inch 19 Stimulator, Isolated D121-11 DS3 0 2. z ihbteisinstalled batteries with oz) (28.2 g 800 batteries 9V style (IEC-6R61) - PP3 x 11 us it spouto w ilsettings dial two of product x20; is to width x2 pulse range over variable continuously Multiplier width pulse input to equal width pulse input of selection as well as sec, 2 to µsec 20 200 position, center at rise typical shape, pulse wave square 0m 31 n vrknobs over in) (3.15 mm 80 current load plus mA 30 is drain current max. pulse; output igeso uhbto provided button push shot Single load resistive into µsec 3 < time fall µsec 1 < Time efcnandbteisaeue opoieisolated provide to used are batteries contained Self -oiinSic o us its1 sc 0 µsec, 100 µsec, 10 widths pulse for Switch 6-Position oreo oe;creti rw nywe delivering when only drawn is current power; of source sc 0me,10me ih±0 cuayor accuracy ±10% with msec 100 msec, 10 msec, 1 od w SA DS3/DG2 DS2A/ two holds Output Current Constant Voltage Constant www.warneronline.com Ω ted ftravel of ends at 249 stimulators ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment DG2A stimulators Train/Delay Generator

Designed for control of normal repetitive stimulation as well as for defining the Effective Refractory Period using a second, delayed pulse

Specifications (continued) Input: Connector BNC socket Levels TTL high (>1.5 V), TTL low (<0.8 V) Polarity Active High (GATE/TRAIN) and Positive edge (SINGLE) or Active Low and Negative edge by Internal Jumper Internal Jumper Enable “Active Low” - allowing for an Input that is Low during its active phase Push-button Has same function as a valid input signal Indicator “TOO FAST” Red LED that flashes if a Trigger is received while the unit is busy Duration: Total range 10 msec - 12 sec in three overlapping ranges • Trigger timing generator Control Single turn control marked 1 – 12 sec with intermediate integer panel marks • Ideal for electrophysiology Accuracy ±1% at ‘1’ and ‘12’ marks, ±5% at intermediate marks • Perfect match for DS2A and DS3 Multiplier x0.01 ; x0.1 ; x1 • Internal battery Internal Jumper Enable “x10” - giving a 100 msec - 120 sec total range Repetition (Frequency): The DG2A is a compact, free-standing, battery powered instrument which can Total Range 0.01 - 1200 Hz in five overlapping ranges Control Single turn control marked 1 – 12 Hz with intermediate be used to generate trigger pulses required for repetitive stimulation. Also integer panel marks featuring DELAY controls, it is useful for determining nerve or axonal Effective Accuracy ±1% at ‘1’ and ‘12’ marks, ±5% at intermediate marks physiology Refractory Period (ERP) through the production of a delayed second pulse. Multiplier x0.01 ; x0.1 ; x1 ; x10 ; x100 Electro- Various modes allow output pulses to be produced singularly (SINGLE), Delay: continuously (FREE-RUN & GATED) or in a burst (TRAIN), with the Total Range 1 - 1200 msec in three overlapping ranges burst/train duration and pulse frequency determined by the front panel Control Single turn control marked 1 - 12 msec with intermediate integer panel marks controls. In each of the modes (except FREE-RUN), outputs can be Accuracy ±1% at ‘1’ and ‘12’ marks, ±5% at intermediate marks

stimulators initiated either by the front panel push button, a TTL compatible Multiplier: x1 ; x10 ; x100 trigger/gating pulse or a suitable foot switch. Internal Jumper Enable “x10” - giving a 10 msec - 12 s total range The unit has control of train duration over three full decades, pulse Indicator “TOO LONG” Red LED that flashes if DELAY longer than repetition rate (or frequency) within that train over five decades and can be produced for each pulse control of the delayed pulse over three decades. It has two BNC output Outputs – SYNC: sockets (i) the SYNC output produces a pulse to trigger recording devices Connector BNC socket Signal Positive going, 200µs pulse, TTL compatible pulse or synchronize other equipment and (ii) the OUT output produces either a (5 V amplitude) delayed version of the same or by toggle switch selection, pairs of Outputs – OUT: delayed and non-delayed pulses (as would be necessary for ERP studies). Connector BNC socket The unit is especially suitable for use with our DS2A Isolated Constant Signal Positive going, 200µs pulse, TTL compatible pulse (5 V amplitude) Voltage and DS3 Isolated Current Isolated Stimulators which have their Control Selection of only the Delayed pulse (upwards) or both the own Pulse Duration controls. Sync and Delayed pulses The instrument is powered by an internal 9V battery (PP3 - 6R61 style) Indicator Amber LED that flashes for each OUT output pulse Internal Jumper Enable “Active Low” - giving an Output that is Low during and replaces our DG2 Trigger Generator. its active phase A mounting frame (part number W4 65-0337) is available so that two Power: units of either DG2A, DS2A or DS3 can be mounted in 19” rack. Control ON/OFF toggle: OFF is down Consumption <2 mA Specifications Internal PP3 - (IEC-6LR61) style, alkaline preferred Battery Life 250 Hours with EverReady 6LF22 or Duracell MN1604 The unit always produces a pulse to synchronize other equipment at SYNC and a pulse delayed from SYNC by DELAY controls. Dimensions, H x W x D 110 x 188 x 60 mm (4.3 x 7.4 x 2.4 in) Modes: Weight 490 g (17.3 oz) with battery installed Control Functions Four position rotary switch SINGLE Input signal triggers a single Output pulse Order # Product FREE-RUN Continuous Output pulses as set by REPETITION controls GATED Input signal enables unit to produce pulses as set by W4 65-0641 Train Delay Generator DG2A REPETITION controls W4 65-0337 19 in Rack Mounting Frame, Holds 2 DG2 generators TRAIN Input signal Triggers unit to produce pulses as set by REPETITION controls for the time as set by the Note: No other accessories, other than a battery, are supplied. DURATION controls

250 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com anrInstruments Warner ul nlgccrutidctsecsieloading excessive indicates circuit logic in Built • escsl hngnrlproeinstruments purpose general than costly Less • ee nefc problems interface Fewer them need • you as modules install to easy — Modular efficient • and dependable quality, High Recordings • Transducer other or Pressure Recording • EEG or EMG Multi-channel • us ri Generation Train & Pulse • lcrclStimulation Electrical • Spike • Recording Extracellular • Recording Intracellular • ak(ae ihPwrSupply Power with (Case) Rack NL905 and NL900D eas h NeuroLog the Because eedblt n noaini hi eerhinstrumentation. research their in innovation and dependability h NeuroLog The NeuroLog The oua mliproe instruments. “multi-purpose” modular I • ti oefeil.Cmlxssescnb ucl sebe rmodified. or assembled quickly be can systems Complex flexible. more is It • ti oeefcet oue a esae mn eea e-p,epnigcpblte ihu ulcto.Ol hs oue required modules those Only duplication. without capabilities expanding set-ups, several among shared be can Modules efficient. more is It • ee nefc rbes nu n uptlvl,ipdne,cnetr,ec,o ifrn oue ntesse r compatible, are system the in modules different of etc., connectors, impedances, levels, output and Input problems. interface Fewer • ti escsl.Ol hs oue culyrqie r ucae.Yud o a o l hs ucin de oa ntuett aeit make to instrument an to added functions those all for pay not do You purchased. are required actually modules those Only costly. less is It • Detection gnrlpurpose”. “general for iiiigtepolm nonee nitroncigpee feupeto ies origin. diverse of equipment of pieces interconnecting in encountered problems the minimizing ndividual atclrts r idu n cuyrc space. rack occupy and up tied are task particular a oue a eaddt h ytma n ie stesoeadoinaino orapiainchanges. application your of orientation and scope the as time, any at system the to added be can modules ™ ™ ytmi o ieyacpe hogottewrdb cetsswodmn ihquality, high demand who scientists by world the throughout accepted widely now is System hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • System ™ ytmi ul oua,i a h olwn elrcgie datgsoe non- over advantages well-recognized following the has it modular, fully is System neurolog 465-0283S W4 465-0283 W4 NL900D NL905 NeuroLog o lotaymxo NeuroLog of mix any almost for nqefaueo h NeuroLog the of feature unique A ) tblzdaantln n odvrain.Tevlaeotusare outputs voltage The variations. load and line against stabilized V), f module individual on etc., panels D-locks, screws, retained as such fittings maximum hc niae b xigihn h oe upyidctro h front o the of on loading indicator excessive supply panel) power the extinguishing (by indicates which fIC0 at1adB52.Tepwrspl rvdssfiin power sufficient provides supply power The BS5724. and requirements 1 the part with IEC601 complies of and safety additional for former winding iihd nlsdcs.Tecs a ade n nerlrc mounting rack integral and handles has case The case. enclosed finished, The iesos 3 8 1 m(.5x1 25i) ihu feet without in), 12.5 x 19 x (5.25 mm 317 x 483 x 133 Weight D x W x H Dimensions, Model Specifications h L0 opc aeadPwrui sa nlsdcs hc will which case enclosed an is unit Power and Case Compact NL905 Module. The Blank NL50 the in built circuits custom nmdl ragmns n liaeyrdcstecs ftemodules. the of cost the reduces ultimately and arrangements, module in fasml,sieato ee ntepwrspl ae.Therefore, panel. supply power the on lever action slide simple, a of it h NeuroLog The ae t60m,30,ad60m,rsetvl.Altresple have supplies three All respectively. mA, 650 and 3.0A, mA, 650 at rated h aecnan 3mdl aspu oe upypanel. supply NeuroLog power The top. plus bench bays and module rack 13 between contains directly case shifted The be can it that so hardware cetu o4snl it erLgSse oue.Ti aeis case This modules. System NeuroLog width single 4 to up accept nenl‘odoe’cretlmtn;te1Vsple,i diin are addition, in supplies, 15V the limiting; current ‘fold-over’ internal einda oecmatcutratt h ulwdhNL900D. width full the to counterpart compact more a as designed rtce ihsre fuses series with protected re oe Product Model 65-0283 W4 # Order 465-0283S W4 sepce htapwrspl alr ilnvrocrusing occur never will failure supply power a that expected is NeuroLog r neesr.Ti ipedsg nbe ay ai,changes rapid, easy, enables design simple This unnecessary. are ™ od h oe upytasomreposasectionalized a employs transformer supply power The load. oue,tefutidcto sivlal hntesting when invaluable is indication fault the modules, ™ ™ ™ L0DRc Cs)wt oe Supply Power with (Case) Rack NL900D L0 ml ak(ae with (Case) Rack Small NL905 oe upypoue he otgs(1 ,+ ,ad-15 and V, +5 V, (+15 voltages three produces supply power consisting system, retention module integral an has case ouefaeadpwrspl r osdi fully a in housed are supply power and frame module . g(21l) ihu modules without lb), (12.1 kg 5.5 NL900D E . ™ eo oeo h he upyotus While outputs. supply three the of more or ne c upyhsls hn1 Vln ipeat ripple line mV 15 than less has supply ach oe Supply Power ™ modules. ™ oe upyi ul-nlgccircuit logic built-in a is supply power system www.warneronline.com ront 251 neuolog™ system ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment ™ NL50 neurolog system Blank Module

Each module has a split ring handle attached to its other instruments. The output levels and impedances front panel. This handle serves as a cable run and as of the linear inputs and outputs are appropriate for a handle for withdrawing or inserting the module into general purpose oscilloscopes and low gain chart the case. All module outputs are short circuit proof. recorders, etc. The NeuroLog™ System is also The extensive use of standard transistor-transistor compatible with the components most frequently logic (TTL, the standard logic in small computers) and used in special circuitry built by individual standard linear integrated circuits ensures the lowest investigators to meet their own particular needs. possible cost and highest possible compatibility with

Module Interconnection The general problem of module interconnection has been minimized in the NeuroLog™ System by a unique method of automatic connection of outputs and inputs of neighboring modules through the case edge connectors. Thus, for many linear arrangements of modules, only the input and output cables connecting the system to the preparation and to output devices such as oscilloscopes, recorders, etc., are required. Front panel controls are therefore not obscured by cables which merely connect each module to the next. More complex module arrangements will, however, require some front panel cable interconnection; between 5 and 10 cables of various lengths will be required for a typical 13-module system. No cables

™ physiology are supplied with the case, see NeuroLog accessories on page 206. Electro- Cables Only microminiature coaxial connectors with a ‘snap-on’ action are used in the NeuroLog™ System, eliminating the nuisances caused by connectors such as the BNC and UHF types which have a ‘twist-on’ or ‘screw-on’ action. All external connections between modules are made through miniature, screened coaxial cable, which reduce cross-talk and transient pick-up, as well as eliminating the tangling of fine, unscreened wires and 1 mm (or 2 mm or 4 mm) plugs frequently used for patching in other modular systems. NL50 Blank Module

A variety of assembled cables, plugs, sockets, BNC to NeuroLog™ adaptors The NL50 Blank Module consists of an undrilled, finished front panel and and ‘T’ connectors are available from Harvard Apparatus, see NeuroLog™ an unassembled printed circuit board. The printed circuit board has a 76 accessories list page 206. mm (3 inch) by 102 mm (4 inch) area of drilled soldering pads on 2.54 mm (0.1 inch) centers, for mounting components and supporting solder connections. The gold-plated edge connector has pads labeled for the NeuroLog™ Module Dimensions appropriate power supply voltages and back connections. Input and output Dimensions, H x W: jumpers and pin sockets are supplied with the same configuration used in Front Panel (All modules) 122 x 30 mm (4.8 x 1.2 in) factory constructed modules. The front panel can be labeled with white Attached Printed Circuit Board 102 x 152 mm (4.0 x 6.0 in) letraset and lacquered, to give an appearance very similar to other NeuroLog™ modules. The NL50 can be used to construct modules of your own design, compatible with the NL900 Case and power supply.

Order # Model Product neuolog W4 65-0219 NL50 Blank Module ™ system

252 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com anrInstruments Warner 1otu mlfe a 1 yai input dynamic V ±10 has amplifier output x1 • y/la +OF-)tgl wthcnb used be can switch toggle ) - OFF (+ Dye/clean • osatcretcpctnecompensation capacitance current Constant • control Level) (DC Back-off • balance Bridge facilities • above of gating External • orcretijcinrne ±0 A 5 nA, ±50 nA, (±100 ranges injection current Four • Calibrator • lcrd meac check impedance Electrode • CPre-Amplifier DC NL102G the nifrn lcrd only. electrode indifferent The mlfe ouesple ihi.I sntitrhnebewt other with interchangeable not is It it. with supplied module amplifier socket urn neto,lwlaaecretadlwD rf,i sparticularly is it drift, DC low and current leakage low neutralization, injection, capacity current as such features With recording. intracellular L0GD rapiirmdlswtotrclbain(h eilnumbers serial (the recalibration without modules Preamplifier DC NL102G utbefritaellrmaueet hog ihipdnefluid-filled impedance high through measurements intracellular for suitable stecpct-opnae inlipttruhwihcretcnbe can current (IN) which socket through input input mm signal 2 capacity-compensated central the The is match). module and headstage the on lcrds h nu tg scneinl oae tteedo meter 2 a of end the at located conveniently is stage input The electrodes. netd h hedsce steX uptadmyb sda a as used be may and output X1 the is socket shield The injected. al o ietatcmn oamcoeetoestepper. electrode micro a to attachment direct for cable h ihipdnehasaeo the of headstage impedance high The aaiac rudo shiel or ground capacitance mx urn 10µA) ±1.0 current (max. o laigbokdmcolctoe or microelec-trodes blocked clearing for eoiigde hog xrclua pipettes extracellular through dyes depositing penetration membrane assist ng a. hc agl lmntsreadjustment, eliminates largely which cap.) (neg. 00MΩ) 1000 vropnain(A! oto nodrto order in control (ZAP!) overcompensation L1 us o rvdn eoe uhbutton push remote, providing Box Pulse NL412 circuits. feedback voltage with common and MΩ, 500 MΩ, 200 MΩ, (100 ranges balance h L0Gi o upidwt h adheld hand the with supplied now is NL102G The due bridge corres-ponding four with nA) ±10 nA, ±20 signal n fa2mtrcbe h edtg smthdwt h main the with matched is Headstage The cable. meter 2 a of end NL102G stesse at gon)adcneto hudb aet the to made be should connection and (ground) earth system the is ocagsi nu oreresistance, source input in changes to range sadrc-ope rapiiri eindseiial for specifically designed is preamplifier direct-coupled a is hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • a d h lcrd n rprto.Tethird The preparation. and electrode the t L0Gi NL102G neurolog itdi ea ueat tube metal a in fitted s ™ system www.warneronline.com 253 neuolog™ system ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment ™ NL102G neurolog system DC Pre-Amplifier (continued)

Specifications Specifications (continued)

11 Capacity Compensation NL102G has front panel control to adjust amplifier section Input Resistance 10 Ω to compensate for capacity to ground at electrode; Voltage Gains x1, x10 fixed adjustment is easily made by switching on impedance Input Voltage Range ±10 V, absolute max. of ±14 V check signal and setting NEG CAP control for fast rise time square wave without excessive overshoot at output; Gate Leakage Current Adjustable to zero range is sufficient to compensate for capacities up to 30pF; amplifier can be deliberately put into oscillatory Risetime Zero Source Resistance: 1 µsec (20 MΩ source resistance): 15 µsec mode by push button adjacent to NEG CAP control and is of use when penetrating cell membrane during electrode Injection Current/ Selectable ranges: 100 nA/100 M , 50 nA/200 M , 20 nA/ Ω Ω manipulation Bridge Balance 500 MΩ, and 10 nA/1000 MΩ Calibration Square wave calibration signal built into NL102G for Zero Stability ±100 µV/day calibration through complete system; select it through (Referred to Input) front panel switch as one of two magnitudes: 10 mV or Output Impedance 600 Ω 100 µV. Can be gate controlled by TTL signal applied to front panel sockets; signal (approx. 150 Hz) is summed Capacity Neutralization 0 to 30 pF with bridge balance signal at input of x10 amplifier section Max. Noise Level At 10 kHz bandwidth, referred to input (zero source resistance): 20 µV peak-to-peak (4 µV RMS): (10 MΩ source resistance): 180 µV peak-to-peak (36 µV RMS) Order # Model Product DC Level Range ±2 V (referred to input) W4 65-0222 NL102G DC Pre-Amplifier includes Output Voltage Range ±11 V Headstage and NL412 Pulse Generator

Electrode Impedance Check x1 out 1 mV/MΩ W4 65-0223 NL102GH Replacement Headset x10 out 10 mV/MΩ (Including Fitting) Calibrator 10 mV or 100 µV 150 Hz square wave External Stimulus Input Range ±10 V corresponds to ±full scale current, depends on range selected

physiology Amplification: 2 outputs available: Electro- x1 Out Voltage present at ‘+’ input referred to GND including any potential dropped across electrode resistance by injection stimulus current applied. Max. voltage range of amplifier ±10 V x10 Out x10 signal present at ‘+’ input referred to GND less voltage generated across electrode resistance Re when bridge balance control is correctly set for value of Re neurolog

Bridge Balance Range ±10 V corresponds to 100 MΩ at 100 nA, 200 MΩ at 50 nA, 500 MΩ at 20 nA, and 1000 MΩ at 10 nA depending on setting of inject current selector (printed circuit board mounted)

™ DC Level Control Enables x10 amplifier to back off up to ±2 V at input system Current Injection: Stimulus currents can be injected into electrode system in either direction under following conditions: 1 Set by current inject control in magnitude, direction by front panel HYPER/DEP switch and gated ON or OFF by TTL gate pulses at front panel socket 2 Set in magnitude and direction by analog voltage applied at front panel socket signal range ±10 V; current injection can be combination of both control systems; full scale current injection conditions are printed circuit board selector at 100 nA, 50 nA, 20 nA or 10 nA Monitor Out Socket Allows connection of oscilloscope to monitor injection current (±10 V full scale injection current) Other Injection Current Possibilities: 1 Max. non-controlled current for dye injection to preparations or clearing of blocked electrodes; current is dependent on electrode resistance and can be up to ±1 µA max.; repeated reversal of selector switch usually cleans blocked electrodes 2 Impedance check measurement selected by front panel\ switch injects current (1 nA) through electrode giving signal at x1 output which is pulse wave of amplitude 1mV/MΩ or 10 mV/MΩ at x10 output

254 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com anrInstruments Warner ufrapiircnandi ea ueadsple iha2meter 2 a with supplied and tube metal a in contained amplifier buffer iesos D3. . m(. .7 n diameter in) 0.375 x (1.4 mm 9.5 x 35.6 Connections: OD x L Dimensions, MΩ 100 Noise Input Gain Resistance Input Specifications The Headstage NL100AK re oe Product 65-0396 W4 Model 65-0220 W4 # Order oe ssple yteN14 Cpemlfe i a eoplug lemo way 4 a via preamplifier AC NL104A the by supplied is Power n okt hshasaecnas eue ncnucinwt other with conjunction in used be also can headstage This socket. and rod. mounting steel stainless diameter a inch) with (0.25 standard mm as 6.4 supplied removable is NL100AK The cable. flexible long NeuroLog L0A n NL104A and NL100AK NL100AK IN + GND IN - ™ mlfes(L0,N14 L0) laeseiywt order. with specify please NL107), NL104, (NL103, amplifiers L8MtlMcolcrd dpe pin, Adapter Microelectrode Metal Headstage NL08 NL100AK edtg sadfeeta nu,lwnie ihimpedance high noise, low input, differential a is Headstage msce o o-netn nu cet plugs accepts input non-inverting for socket mm 2 ±1.0 cencnetdt an earth mains to connected Screen (GND) adapters micro-electrode NL08 or kHz) 10 to Hz 10 msce o netn nu oncint reference to connection input inverting for socket mm 1 upid swl s(pinl L0 lcrd chambers electrode NL101 (optional) as well as supplied, V(ekt ek ihipt hre;<2 Vfra for µV 25 < shorted; inputs with peak) to (peak µV 2 < lcrd rvaUcnetr(upid ogon socket ground to (supplied) connector U via or electrode yia ugtnmcolcrd nsln;<3 Vwt a with µV 30 < saline; in microelectrode tungsten typical MΩ hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • mt . mm 0.8 to mm 2 eitrbtenipt bnwdhi l he cases, three all in (bandwidth inputs between resistor neurolog re oe Product Model 65-0224 W4 # Order max. V ±12 Range Voltage Output Adjustment Hz kHz) 10 40 or (> Hz W.B. 0.1 or Ratio kHz Rejection 6 Hz, 700 Hz, 100 MΩ for 10 Selectable Cutoff Frequency Low Cutoff Frequency High Resistance Input Gain Specifications for Headstage NL100AK the with from or recordings electrodes, making (gross) for resistance alone low impedance, used input be high can noise, It preamplifier. low differential, a is Preamplifier AC NL104A The Preamplifier AC NL104A yai Balance Dynamic nu Noise Input Mode Common o rcsl aacn h nu iptsic nteC position). CM the in switch (input input the balancing precisely for ireetoercrig.TeN14 etrsawd yai balance dynamic wide a features NL104A The recordings. microelectrode and dutetfraymtia nus(sflfrblnigotinterference out balancing for (useful inputs asymmetrical for adjustment n hc artif shock and ihfeunyfle etns nitra 0zoclao sprovided is oscillator 50Hz internal An settings. filter frequency high 3 L0AA Pre-Amplifier AC NL104A ac s,acoc ftoipttm osat,8gi ranges gain 8 constants, time input two of choice a ts), anfroeiptcnb aid±0 ihrsett other to respect with ±50% varied be can input one for Gain k 20 or k 10 k, 5 k, 2 k, 1 500, 200, 100, adit f01H o1 kHz 10 to Hz 0.1 of bandwidth 0001a 0Hz 50 at 10,000:1 0µ pa opa)wt nussotdt rudand ground to shorted inputs with peak) to (peak µV 10 < ™ system www.warneronline.com 255 neuolog™ system ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment ™ NL100RK, NL101neurolog and NL04 system

• Allows stimulation and recording through the same electrode • Stimulus can be controlled manually or from external device

NL100RK Pre-Amplifier and Stimulus Relay The NL100RK consists of an NL100AKS head-stage and the NL100C Stimulus Control module designed for use with the NL104A AC Preamplifier and allowing stimulation and recording through the same electrode. The NL100C allows a voltage of up to 100V to pass through the NL100AKS head-stage and recording electrode under the control of a three position switch on the NL100C front panel. The switch has “On”, “Off” and “Ext” positions, allowing presentation of the stimulus to be controlled manually or via a gating pulse from an external device.

Order # Model Product W4 65-0642 NL100RK Pre-Amplifier and Stimulus Relay

NL101 Electrode Chambers physiology

Electro- NL101 Electrode Chambers are compatible with all NeuroLog™ system headstages. They are available with two different plug sizes; Both of these are available in four sizes to fit glass capillaries. For example, NL101B3 will plug into a NL100AK or NL102G and hold a glass capillary with an outside diameter of 1.5 mm. neurolog ™

system Order # Model Electrode Chamber OD Plug Size Color W4 65-0221 NL101A 1 mm 1 mm Yellow W4 65-0389 NL101A 1.2 mm 1 mm Green W4 65-0390 NL101A 1.5 mm 1 mm Blue W4 65-0391 NL101A 2 mm 1 mm Red W4 65-0392 NL101B* 1 mm 2 mm Yellow W4 65-0393 NL101B* 1.2 mm 2 mm Green W4 65-0394 NL101B* 1.5 mm 2 mm Blue W4 65-0395 NL101B* 2 mm 2 mm Red *Fits NL100AK and NL102G headstages.

Tungsten Micro-Electrode Holder The NL04 Micro-Electrode Holder is a 26 gauge hypodermic needle tube soldered into a drilled out 2 mm pin. This holder is for use with NL100AK and NL100AKS headstages.

Order # Model Product W4 65-0638 NL04 Tungsten Micro-Electrode Holder

256 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com anrInstruments Warner uptVlaeRne±2V ±12 Hz 2 Mode AC In Range Voltage Output Cutoff Frequency Low MΩ Signal 1 Small V ±15 Impedance Input Range Voltage Input Specifications is which amplification or attenuation features Amplifier AC-DC NL106 The Amplifier AC-DC NL106 COfe ag 2Va ihript 0tr oetoee adjustment potentiometer 10-turn input, either at V ±2 600 CMRR Range Offset DC Impedance Output adjustment. olwn p a following LED’s green two V; 1.0 and mV 50 of excess in outputs show LED’s red Gain silsoevria mlfes loigoeaini Co Ccoupled, DC conventional or of AC those in to operation similar allowing are amplifiers, controls vertical input oscilloscope Its x100. to to 0 0 from or potentiometer, x10, ten-turn locking a using adjustable, continuously igeedd(netn rnnivrig rdfeeta oe.U o±2 to Up modes. differential or inverting) non or (inverting single-ended hwcrepnigngtv upt.Tu,ajsmn fgi n DC and gain of adjustment Thus, outputs. negative corresponding show napiirfrlwipdnesucs ra aibegi stage gain variable as or sources, as impedance either low suitable for NL106 amplifier the an make low impedance drift, input Low moderate monitor. and oscilloscope noise, an without accomplished be can offset VDC L0 n NL108A and NL106 re oe Product Model 65-0225 W4 # Order te at te nu a ezre sn h e-unD OFFSET DC ten-turn the using zeroed be can input ither h uptvlaei hw y4lgteitn ids two diodes: light-emitting 4 by shown is voltage output The reamplifier. L0 CD Amplifier AC-DC NL106 50 t5 Hz 50 at 1 2500; > 0tr potentiometer 10-turn 1Vot>0kzFeunyResponse Frequency kHz >30 out V ±1 oX0o oX0 otnosyvral by variable continuously X100 to 0 or X10 to 0 hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • Ω neurolog rdeSupply Bridge V ±12 Range Voltage O/P Bandwidth 10 Offset DC V ±10 Impedance Input Range Voltage Input Specifications output the at V (1.0 measurement one pressure settings, blood gain for two appropriate provides module Amplifier Pressure NL108A The Amplifier Pressure NL108A button Gain eindt aepretywt u w rsuetasue,det its to due transducer, pressure own our is with NL108A perfectly the mate Although to control. designed offset zero sensitive a and instrument, / Impedance O/P orsod o10mH rsuea h rndcr n h te for other the and transducer) the at pressure mmHg 100 to corresponds nenlyajsal anadbig xiainvlae tcnb used be can it voltage, excitation bridge and gain adjustable internally o rsuemaueetsc sitarcelpesr 10m tthe at mV (100 pressure intratracheal as such measurement pressure low ihavreyo te tnadpesr rndcr.Cl Harvard Call transducers. pressure standard other of variety a with upteul mHOa h rndcrpr) nitra voltage internal An port). transducer the at H2O cm 1 equals output paau o diinlinformation. additional for Apparatus airt inlpoie h prpit elcin(. r10m)for mV) 100 or V (1.0 deflection appropriate the provides signal calibrate hs w ags te feature Other ranges. two these re oe Product Model 65-0227 W4 # Order wthfrstigtezr rsuebsln nterecording the on baseline pressure zero the setting for switch L0APesr Amplifier Pressure NL108A Ct 5 Hz 150 to DC cmH ±80 /0 mgo 0 VcHO o rsuetransducer pressure for mV/cmH2O, 100 or mmHg V/100 1 / iett ground to direct S/C µV/mmHg 50 of put out having o2 C(5mA) (25 DC V 24 to 0 600 9 typical , ™ Ω nm xet‘eoot,weeOPi - is O/P where out’, ‘zero except (nom) 2 i s ,±0mH,we wthdt prpit range appropriate to switched when mmHg, ±60 O, cueecletD tblt,apush a stability, DC excellent nclude system www.warneronline.com 257 neurolog™ system ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment ™ NL108T4 neurolog system Pressure Transducer

Order # Model Product W4 72-4222 NL108T4 Pressure Transducer, pkg. of 1 W4 72-4223 – Replacement Dome for W4 72-4222, pkg. of 1 W4 72-4224 – Replacement Dome for W4 72-4222, pkg. of 10 W4 65-0631 NL108L4 Lead for NL108T4 to NL108A

Suitable for both arterial and venous blood pressure monitoring, the NL108T4 can be attached via a lead (NL108L4) to the NL108A pressure amplifier, allowing continuous pressure monitoring. The NL108T4 is a highly accurate and rugged re-useable transducer, which is used in physiology conjunction with disposable domes (NL108D4). These disposable domes Electro- are easy to fill and attach to the transducer body and are available in packs of 10 or individually (one dome is included with each transducer). The components of the transducer are electrically isolated from the transducer housing, which is in turn isolated from the saline solution by

neurolog the silicone membrane of the dome. The transducer is gold plated, making it easier to clean. The transducer is designed primarily for use during blood pressure

™ monitoring, but equally well operates as a monitor for intracranial, system gastrologic or intrauterine pressures, as well as urodynamic measurements.

Specifications Pressure range 20 to 300 mmHg Max. Overpressure 10000 mmHg Sensitivity 50 µV/V/cmHg Resonance Frequency 300 Hz typical (transducer and dome) Max Electrical Excitation 15 V DC or AC

Input Resistance 700 Ω (or equipment specified) Output Resistance 1000 Ω (or equipment specified) Non-Linearity and Hysteresis max. 0.5% of full scale Zero Balance max. ±30 mmHg Thermal Sensitivity 0.15%/ºC Thermal Zero Shift max. 0.25 mmHg/ºC Operating/Storage Temperature Range +10 to +50ºC/-20 to +70ºC

Insulation Resistance min. 10 Ω Leakage Current max. 1.5 µA at 250 V, 50 Hz High Voltage Resistance 10000 V between saline in dome and transducer leads Weight 26 g (without cable) Length of Cable 0.3 m

258 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com anrInstruments Warner vial niiulyo napcaeo 10 of package a in or individually Available • a erue eea times several reused be Can • ny upididvdal ri akg ften. of package a in or individually Supplied only. NL108 lcrclLaae40W,mxmmars 0Wlead W 50 across maximum Ws, 400 Hz 60 VAC, 120 Leakage at Electrical µA 2 Zero greater of Coefficient Thermal is whichever mmHg, 1 or reading 5kHz of Sensitivity to ±2% of up max. AC or DC V 10 to Up Inaccuracy Maximum nominal W 350 Offset nominal Zero W 1000 Voltage Excitation Resistance Output Resistance Input Resistance mmHg Bridge 10000 Tolerance Over-Pressure Range Pressure Specifications The Transducer Pressure Disposable NL108T2 NL108TA isolated to alternative cost Low • eoatFeuny15H ih3 mpesr uig 3H ih10cm 150 with Hz 43 tubing, pressure cm 30 with Hz 145 Frequency Resonant Coefficient Thermal ntN181wihcnb sdwt h L0APesr Amplifier. Pressure NL108A the with used be can which NL108T1 unit lhuhtetasuesaecasda dsoal’ thsbe found been has it ‘disposable’, as classed are transducers the Although htte a eue eea ie.TeNL108 The times. several used be can they that L0T n NL120S and NL108T2 465-0230 W4 465-0231 W4 Product Model 65-0229 W4 # Order NL108T2 2la,wihi esbe hs rndcr r o nmluse animal for are transducers These reusable. is which lead, L2 rsueTasue salwcs lentv oteisolated the to alternative cost low a is Transducer Pressure L0T/0Dsoal rsueTransducer, Pressure Disposable NL108T2/10 L0L edfrN182t NL108A to NL108T2 for Lead NL108L2 Transducer, Pressure Disposable NL108T2 rsuetubing pressure 03mmHg/ºC ±0.3 max. mmHg, ±40 mmHg +300 to mmHg -50 hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • k.o 10 of pkg. 1 of pkg. neurolog 2i T2 once ythe by connected s fnresie fitrs.Teotu ssae t shaped is output The sounds interest. the of masks spikes noise nerve baseline of when only useful amplifying peaks, of negative options or the positive and signals, input two between signal switching mV ±20 a raise to amplification power sufficient has It loudspeaker. eomne odSekrW 502 (NL985) 65-0323 W4 Speaker Recommended Loud V ±1.5 Output Across k 10 Range Voltage Output Bandwidth Impedance Input Specifications The Amplifier Audio NL120S iiieteniac asdb ag rninssc ssokartifacts. shock as such transients large by caused nuisance the minimize frequency for selector input an features module The level. sound moderate to i.La Resistance Load Min. re oe Product 65-0323 W4 Model 65-0236 W4 # Order NL120S N10pictured) (NL120 epneo ml odpaes n spwrlmtdto limited power is and loudspeakers, small of response ui mlfe sapwrapiirfrdiiga4o ohm 8 or 4 a driving for amplifier power a is Amplifier Audio L8 Loudspeaker Amplifier Audio NL985 NL120S 3 kHz >15 to Hz 20 Ω ™ Ω system www.warneronline.com i o poetelow the mprove 259 neurolog™ system ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment ™ NL125/6, NL134,neurolog NL135, NL136 and NLsystem 144

NL125/6 Filter (High & Low Pass, • NL134, NL135 and NL135 – Low Pass 50/60Hz Notch) • NL144 – High Pass physiology

Electro- The NL125/6 filter module employs two active sections to control the high and low pass characteristics. The low frequency cutoff point can be set 4-Channel Filters continuously from 0.5Hz to 5kHz with a single turn potentiometer, in four The NL134, NL135 and NL136 are 4-channel, 2-pole (second order) low pass switched ranges. Similarly the high frequency cutoff can be set filters. Both the NL135 and NL136 have an AC power rejection notch filter continuously from 5Hz to 50kHz in four switched ranges. DC and WB (wide module that is an ideal partner for the NL820A Isolated Amplifier System neurolog band) switch positions bypass the lower and upper filter sections, with its 2/4 channel AC or DC pre-amplifiers. The filter settings have been respectively. An active notch filter is provided for the rejection of line selected for most electrophysiological and clinical protocols but special frequency interference; this can be operator set at 50Hz or 60Hz, with a frequencies can be factory set. Call Harvard Apparatus for details. The

™ 20Hz notch width (-3dB points).

system NL144* is a high-pass version of this filter and does not have a notch filter. Specifications *Note: Has frequency settings of 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 20, 30, Input Voltage Range ±10 V 50, 100, 200 Hz and DC.

Input Impedance 56 kΩ Low Frequency Specifications Cutoff Range DC, 0.5 Hz to 5 kHz continuously adjustable Input Volta Fge Range ±15 V max, ±10 V operating High Frequency Wide band (> 50 kHz) and 5 Hz to 50 kHz, Input Impedance 120 k Cutoff Range continuously adjustable Ω Filter Settings (-6 dB) 10, 20, 30, 50, 100, 200, 300, 500, 1k, 2k, 3k, 5k, 10k, 20k and WB Gain Within Passband x1 Cut-Off Accuracy (±2% ±1.25 Hz < 630 Hz) or (±2% ±62.5 Hz > 630 Hz) Attenuation Beyond Cutoff 40 dB/decade Gain Before Cut-Off +1.0 Notch Attenuation > 50 dB Attn. Beyond Cut-Off 40 dB/decade, 12 dB/octave Notch Width 20 Hz Notch Attn/Width (-3 dB) > 50 dB/20 Hz Output Voltage Range ±10 V Crosstalk // Noise Better than -60 dB // < 100 µVrms Output Impedance 600 Ω

Order # Model Product Order # Model Product W4 65-0239 NL134 4-Channel Low-Pass Filter W4 65-0237 NL125/6 Filter (Low Cut, High Cut without Notch Filter and 50 Hz Notch) W4 65-0240 NL135 4-Channel Low-Pass Filter with 50 Hz Notch Filter W4 65-0241 NL136 4-Channel Low-Pass Filter with 60 Hz Notch Filter W4 65-0242 NL144 4-Channel High-Pass Filter* without Notch Filter 260 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com anrInstruments Warner L4 n NL201 and NL143 dfeecs ob eoddsmlaeul rmec oue Internal module. each from simultaneously recorded be to “differences” re oe Product Model 65-0643 W4 # Order The Amplifier Difference Channel Three NL143 desired alternative three allowing outputs, three and experiment. inputs an four of has course module the The during monitored continuously be to signals ilgclprmtr ob otnosymntrd tcudas eused be also could it monitored, continuously two be between to differences parameters the biological allow to designed originally was module etnsdfn h hnest esbrce.Temdl lofaue a features also module The subtracted. be to channels the define settings otsbrcinofe oto which control offset post-subtraction rmcmue A nefc cards. interface originating DAC signals computer analogue from into introduced offsets unwanted remove to NL143 ee ..frzriga h tr fa xeiet hl this While experiment. an of start the at zeroing for e.g. level ifrneApiiralw h ifrnebtentwo between difference the allows Amplifier Difference L4 he hne ifrneAmplifier Difference Channel Three NL143 hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • lost allows neurolog eotu ob fstt a to offset be to output he vrgn,ec nitra upralw h nu ob Co Ccoupled. DC or AC be to input the allows jumper internal An etc. averaging, ees Ther levels. sc steN70LgDsly rue osnhoiedsly,trigger synchronize displays, to used or Display) Log NL700 the as (such pe eessprmoe ni oeal aystigo h discrimination the of setting easy enable to it superimposed on levels upper DC the potentiometer sets height window The threshold. Upper the not otg hehl;()costeLwrvlaetrsod c rs h oe but Lower the cross (c) threshold; voltage Lower the cross (b) threshold; voltage inl)it riso iia uss hs a eaaye sn te modules other using analyzed be can these pulses; digital of trains into signals) oio uptsce rvdsadslyo h nu inlwt h oe and lower the with signal input the of display a provides socket output monitor tpoue eaaeotu us risfrsie hc:()costeUpper the cross (a) which: spikes for trains pulse output separate produces It hsmdl sesnilfrcnetn pk ris(hc r analogue are (which trains spike converting for essential is module This h pe otg hehl oe hntelwrvlaetrsod The threshold. voltage lower the than lower threshold voltage upper the mltd eur dutet fol n etn,adi sipsil oset to impossible is it and setting, one only adjustments of require amplitude signal in changes slight Thus, window. this of thresholds voltage two te vns iha uptta hw h eessprmoe ntesignal. the superimposed on levels the shows that output an with events, other rn ae wthslcsete oiieo eaiesoeadlvltriggering. level and slope negative or positive either selects switch panel front h wno’adteaetr oetoee estesprto ewe the between separation the potentiometer aperture sets the and ‘window’ the Monitor Gate Lower - Output ±10% Upper - Output Calibration Threshold Triggering V 5 to 0 Gain DC or sec 0.2 M Range 1 Aperture (Height) Range Lower Constant Time Input Impedance Input Voltage Input Specifications The Trigger Spike NL201 re oe Product Model 65-0243 W4 # Order NL201 pk rge sa mltd iciiao o ev pksand spikes nerve discriminator amplitude for an Trigger is Spike sacoc ftoitral eetdiptvlaerne n a and ranges voltage input selected internally two of choice a is e L0 pk Trigger Spike NL201 nu lsupradlwrlevels lower and upper plus Input pulse (±10%) µsec 15 TTL, slope -ve or +ve (internally) x10 or x1 V 5 to 0.2 T,20µe ±0)pulse (±10%) µsec 200 TTL, pulse (±10%) µsec 230 TTL, max. V ±10 ™ Ω system www.warneronline.com ee of level 261 neurolog™ system ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment ™ NL301 and NL304neurolog system

• Monitors the difference between two signals NL304 Period Generator continuously The NL304 Period Generator (replaces the NL303) contains a crystal physiology • Monitor up to three pairs of signals oscillator and frequency dividers for producing a precise, stable frequency Electro- standard. It can be externally gated (Gate In) and synchronized with an NL301 Pulse Generator external source (Reset input). The pulse train can be switched off and a single output pulse can be triggered manually. Eight decades of pulse rate The NL301 Pulse Generator, replaces the NL300, is a low cost module for are available. The NL304 is the basic ‘clock’ of the NeuroLog™ System: it producing trains of uniform TTL pulses. It can be operated continuously,

neurolog provides the ‘fine grain’ (1 µsec increments) necessary for digital control of switched off, or a single pulse can be triggered manually. A Gate input socket pulse width, cycle duration, delay, etc., using the NL603 Counters. allows synchronous trains of pulses to be gated-on by an externally applied TTL high logic level. An internal jumper either excludes (as with the NL300) Specifications ™

system or produces an output pulse coincident with the start of the Gate signal. Output TTL pulses Pulse frequency is continuously variable over more than three decades Period Accuracy 0.01% using a single 12:1 control and a three-position decade switch. Three fixed Period Range 1 µsec to 10 min by 1 µsec, 10 µsec, 100 µsec, 1 msec, 10 msec, 100 msec, 1 sec, 10 sec, 30 sec and 60 sec output pulse widths are available. The frequency range and pulse widths Period switch and x1, x2, x5, and x10 MULT switch were chosen to make this module suitable as a timing source for electrical Output Pulse Width 0.5 µsec stimulation of the nervous system, without the necessity of additional modules for determining pulse widths. Order # Model Product The NL301 is also useful for a variety of other timing purposes where a widely W4 65-0248 NL304 Period Generator variable rate is desirable, and precision is important but not critical. It has an 1 on-board jumper that allows the user to select a frequency range ⁄10 of that shown on the front panel. This allows a frequency range of < 0.1 to > 120 Hz.

Specifications Frequency < 1 to > 1200 Hz Control Marked 1 to 12 (0.5 to 12 possible) Accuracy ±1% at ‘1’ and ‘12’ marks, ±5% at other scale marks Multiplier x1, x10, x100 Output Pulse Widths 50, 150 or 500 µsec (±10%) Output Fan-Out 10 TTL inputs

Order # Model Product W4 65-0247 NL301 Pulse Generator

262 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com either uptIsolation Output (triggered) control ±2% manual under or (triggered) msec 10 Polarity or 1 ±2% Accur. Duration Pulse Duration Pulse Output Accur. Level Output max. V ±15 M 1 > Level Output Impedance Input Trigger Limit Input Trigger Level Trigger Specifications The Module Calibration NL410 uptIpdne2 Impedance Output a lob nbe rple aulyfo rn ae switch. panel front a from manually pulsed or enabled be also may h ano napiirsse rfradn us faccurate of pulse a adding for or system amplifier an of gain the mltd n uaint eodn rc.Teotu fteClbao is Calibrator the of output The trace. recording a to duration and amplitude sltdalwn o h srt hoetebs ehdo preparation of method best the choose to user the for allowing isolated rudn ootmz eodns wthsalwslcino f3 of 1 levels of output selection calibrated allow Switches recordings. optimize to grounding anrInstruments Warner Product Model 65-0252 W4 # Order L1 n NL510 and NL410 NL410 oaiy h airto ee ttepee mltd n polarity and amplitude preset the at level calibration The polarity. airto ouecnb sdfrtepeieclbainof calibration precise the for used be can Module Calibration L1 airto Module Calibration NL410 ih1o 1 with oiieo eaiesic selectable switch negative or Positive respectively 0V 50 > selectable switch mV 10 mV, 1 mV, 0.1 hysteresis mV 200 with edge positive on V +2 Ω hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • 20 , Ω Ω airtdtigrdplewdh of widths pulse triggered calibrated 2 f 200 , Ω o uptlvl f01V ,1 mV 10 V, 1 V, 0.1 of levels output for neurolog rvso smd o nu fgt ob once oteotu of output the to connected be to 1 gate gate. of other 1 the input from for function made AND is or Provision OR 2-input a is inputs those The Gate Logic NL510 uptFan-Out Output Outputs Input Specifications be h ouet h etadal4otusaeaalbefrslcina the as selection for available are outputs 4 all and left the to module the edlwfrteO ucino ihfrteADfnto n further a and function AND the for high or function OR the for low held be can gates these of Both outputs. complementary and inputs ae r2iptO ae.Teoe icie nusaeautomatically are inputs circuited open The gates. AND OR 2-input 2-input either or as gates switches mounted PCB by configured independently uptt h ouet h ih.Ti sdn yjme lg tterear the at plugs jumper by done is PCB. This the right. of the to module the to output wthalw xaso ftescn aet aeteotu ftefirst the of output the take to gate second the of expansion allows switch satidipt hsealsa4iptADgt o gate AND 4-input a enables This input. third a as re oe Product Model 65-0253 W4 # Order elzd ute osblt sa3iptADo Rgt hr n of one where gate OR or AND 3-input a is possibility further A realized. NL501 oi aemdl otistolgcgtsec ihtwo with each gates logic two contains module Gate Logic L0 oi Gate Logic NL501 TTL TTL 0TLinputs TTL 10 ™ system www.warneronline.com 4 a r iptO aeto gate OR -input 263 neurolog™ system ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment ™ NL405 neurolog system Width Delay

Specifications Input: TTL pulse, 1 TTL load Trigger Edge Positive or Negative, selected from front panel Manual Push-button, operation on push Output (Width): TTL, Output will drive 10 loads Polarity Both active-high and active-low sockets Range 1 µs - 999 s Control 001 - 999 Multiplier 1 µs, 10 µs, 100 µs, 1 ms, 10 ms, 100 ms, 1 s Accuracy ±0.5% Delay from Trigger In <200 ns Indicator Amber LED on for approximately 100 ms for each pulse Output (Delay): TTL, Output will drive 10 loads Polarity Active-high Duration 0.5 µs, 1.5 µs, 5 µs ±20% 50 µs, 150 µs, 500 µs ±10%, by on-board jumpers Output: Mode Fixed Width or Re-Triggered, selected from The NL405 Width Delay is a digitally controlled pulse duration generator front panel and is used to produce precise pulses of adjustable duration with high Reset/Inhibit 450 ms ±20%, after change of rotary range control accuracy and repeatability. The NL405 produces TTL logic output pulses physiology

Electro- (of both polarities) that have a duration set using three decades of Order # Model Product thumbwheels and a seven (7) position range switch. It also features a W4 65-0630 NL405 Width Delay press to start button, LED indication of an output and a separate logic output signal at the end of the defined WIDTH time. It was designed as a replacement for the NL401 and in most places where the NL403 would

neurolog have been used. The NL405 can be triggered off either positive or negative-going edges of the input pulses and the NL405 is capable of 100% duty cycles. An ™ external push to make switch can be used when -ve edge triggering is system selected. In the “FIXED WIDTH” mode, the NL405 produces an Output pulse as specified by the front panel controls; In the “RE-TRIGGER” mode, any valid Input trigger arriving whilst the Output is active will restart the timing and therefore extending the Output pulse duration. As long time periods can be generated (999 seconds is over 16 minutes) any change in position of the rotary range switch will stop the current Output and inhibit further input triggers for 450 ms. The “DELAYED” Output socket provides a short duration pulse (set internally) that is produced at the end of the timed WIDTH pulse. This provides a trigger-out after the set Delay time. The NL405 can be used for digital control of pulse duration or for introduction of a delay to a trigger pulse. The logarithmic or exponential nature of the many biological responses make the very wide continuous adjustment (from µs to minutes) particularly beneficial. Rear connections to the motherboard allow Input and Output interconnections between this and other logic modules without the need of front panel cables.

264 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com anrInstruments Warner us Generator Pulse NL412 aiiae b facilitated uigitaellrmcoeetoercrig elpntaini often is penetration cell recording, micro-electrode intracellular During use control. NL102G panel - front the Note by Technical set is “Buzz” the control of “Buzz” duration external the incorporates circuitry) (that NL102G a with used When NL102G with Use pulse output for control provides NL412 durati the on control panel front The Gating which pulse high modules. active remote an trigger generates will NL412 the button the pressing On Start The hc a eue o“tr”eprmns omn h gt”o train a of “gate” the command experiments, “start” to used be can which make the into electrode the of passage aids often to oscillation voltage This amplifier oscillate. the causing circuitry, compensation capacitance the of ifrn uain ftan fple hnteN42i obndwt a with combined is NL412 the when pulses of trains of durations different endvlpdb iiie t.Ti ml adedui provides unit handheld small This Ltd. Digitimer by developed been fple rb sdwt nN12 o“uz lcrds h L1 is NL412 The electrodes. “Buzz” to NL102G an with used be or pulses of h rn ae oaino h Buzz the of location making panel manipulation, front microelectrode the with combination in button Buzz the efpwrdb tnaditra atr n sfte iha2m 2 a connector. with Lemo fitted standard is the and in battery terminating V lead 9 internal standard a by self-powered us eeao uha h NL301. the as such Generator Pulse h L1 scnetdvaison2 ogLm al oamodified a to cable Lemo long 2m own its via connected is NL412 The Buzz for button push single a delivery. has pulse and (1-10ms) duration Buzz over control nrclua ile.I eti iutos tmyb eesr ooperate to necessary be may it situations, certain In millieu. intracellular okt xsigueso L0Gmdlscnhv h modification the have can modules NL102G input of control users Buzz Existing external socket. an incorporating NL102G, the of version aea Digi at made h L0GD r-mlfe.Pesn h uzbto ul activates fully button Buzz the Pressing pre-amplifier. DC NL102G the NL412 n vrterneo o1 s etn hscnrlallows control this Setting ms. 10 to 1 of range the over ons h uzfauemr cesbe eoeN42Plebxhas box Pulse NL412 remote a accessible, more feature Buzz the US sasal aded eea ups us generator pulse purpose general handheld, small, a is PULSE s faBz utn etr nlddo h rn panel front the on included feature a button, Buzz a of use y ie L timer td. hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • utnl button s ovnetfrteue.To user. the for convenient ess neurolog iesos 0 1xx2 mpu 5m n“”frknob for “d” on mm 15 plus mm 28 x x 61 x 105 Weight D x (static) W µA x 5 H < Dimensions, Cable Consumption Power µs 100 < Battery Times Fall and Rise Level Output: Duration: Pulse release) LED Button Specifications re oe Product Model 72-4220 W4 # Order Accuracy Range L1 us Generator Pulse NL412 ercmedteDrcl lr MN1604 Ultra Duracell the recommend we 7 nldn battery including g 170 < fitted connector Lemo standard with (nom) m 2 battery. new with V, 9 laiebattery alkaline - supplied) (Non-alkaline style. 6LR61 V, 9 Standard markings scale all at 20% than Better ms 10 to 1 after ms press 250 each approximately for illuminates - Amber (not “Press” on pulse output an produces Only ™ system www.warneronline.com 265 neurolog™ system ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment ™ NL505 and NL506neurolog system

NL505 Flip-Flop NL506 Analog Switch The NL505 Flip-Flop can be operated either as a “set-reset” flip-flop or as The NL506 Analog Switch contains a single pole change-over switch, the physiology state of which is controlled by a logic signal. This signal can be generated

Electro- a “toggled” complementing flip-flop. This makes it useful in setting up conditional and “single-shot” stimuli, and testing logic outputs for the externally or by the internal Flip-Flop that can be toggled by a logic input. presence of pulses, logic levels etc. A front panel switch allows direct selection of the switch state which is indicated by an LED. The switch is bi-directional allowing it to be used as It has three inputs, Set, Complement and Clear, and two outputs (Q and a 1-input 2-output or a 2-input 1-output device. Also, as the switch is Q’) all of which drive or are driven from TTL logic (ie +5V and 0V).

neurolog analog; it can handle signals up to ±15 volts as well as being of low A LED indicator is illuminated when the Q output is at a high level. enough impedance to handle TTL signals. The table below shows the relationship between inputs and outputs. Note: The analog switch is robust but has a current limit, especially when ™ ™ the NeuroLog power supply is off. Only signals originating from within system Complement Set Clear Q Q’ Function the same NL900 should be coupled to the NL506. 0 00Q0 Q’0 Static Condition Specifications X 0101Clear Ouput Analog Switch: X 1010Set Output Range ±15 V X 1111*see below Impedance Per Socket 1 M ^ 00Q0 Q’0 Complement Ω ON Resistance < 35 Where a 1 is a logic high (+5V) Ω OFF Leakage < 50 nA 0 is a logic low (0V) or unconnected inputs X is irrelevant Switching Time < 200 nsec Qo is the previous output Break-Before-Make Delay < 10 nsec ^ is a positive going pulse Indicator Amber LED indicates switch position * This is a non-stable situation, it will only remain whilst Set and Clear are both held high. Switches SET/-/RESET toggle forces selection of analog N.B. The Set and Clear inputs overide the Complement input, that is why the output is switch; also presets internal Flip-Flop; in mid only affected by the complement input when both of these are low. position, IN/FF switch selects control signal for analog switch Order # Model Product Flip-Flop Is preset by SET/-/RESET toggle switch and W4 65-0254 NL505 Flip Flop toggled by negative (-ve) going edge of logic input signal Input Allowed Signal ±15 V max. Input Logic Threshold +1.4 V approx. (suits TTL)

Input Impedance 10 kΩ approx.

Order # Model Product W4 65-0255 NL506 Analog Switch

266 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com uptRs alTms<1µsec 1 < 10 Times < Fall & Rise Output V Current 10.0 Output to 0 Resistance Output Range Voltage Output Specifications The Buffer Pulse NL510A hc a eue odieteN80 TMLSIOAO.Teoutput The ISOLATOR. STIMULUS NL800A the drive to used be can which soleno ussi h SLTRDIEmd r fstt ac h input the match to offset are mode DRIVE ISOLATOR the in pulses hrceitc fteN80.Otu mltd sajse iha with adjusted is amplitude Output NL800A. the of characteristics rcso 0tr oetoee n un onigda.Temd switch mode The dial. counting turns and potentiometer 10-turn precision a nOFpsto,aueu etr hnmr hnoesiuao is stimulator one than more when feature useful a position, OFF an has sd h NL51 The used. anrInstruments Warner Product Model 65-0256 W4 # Order L1AadNL530 and NL510A NL510A ddie silsoeba rgtnr etc. brightener, beam oscilloscope drive, id us ufrcnet T oi ussit o1Vpulses, 10V to 0 into pulses logic TTL converts Buffer Pulse L1APleBuffer Pulse NL510A Ac 0A nb sda otg tmltr ea driver, relay stimulator, voltage a as used be an 0mA 50 hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • Ω neurolog Output Limits: Clip Channels All To Common Output: Input: Channel Independent Each Specifications The Conditioner 4-Channel NL530 otoswe nefcn inl oteAao-oDgtlConverters Analog-to-Digital the to signals interfacing when controls channels eo levels. zero) AC)o PCs. of (ADCs) itrstig n rn ae anadOfe rst.Teei loa also is There presets. Offset and Gain panel front adjustable and independently settings has filter Each channels. four contains module The atrACofe oto oalwuioa Dst eue ihbipolar with used be to ADCs unipolar allow to control offset ADC master inl.ACbad aepeieiptrne otieo hc damage which of (outside ranges ma input precise have boards ADC signals. re oe Product Model 65-0259 W4 # Order o y NL530 D fstZr 0vls r+. V +2.5 or volts) (0 Zero Offset ADC Negative Positive 5 < Impedance kHz 100 Range to DC Crosstalk V ±5 or V ±1 Bandwidth (nominal) x2.5 to (CAL) x1 Filters Control Offset k 20 Gain Variable V ±100 Gain Impedance Max. Absolute cr n hsmdl etrso-or rstcnrl ostall set to controls preset on-board features module this and ccur) o‘LP rlmta neednl e oiieadngtv (or negative and positive set independently at limit or ‘CLIP’ to odtoe ouei eindt ieGi n fstsetup Offset and Gain give to designed is module Conditioner L3 -hne Conditioner 4-Channel NL530 IptxGi]+[AC+vral)offsets] variable) + [(ADC + Gain] x [Input 1 o0V 0 to V -11 min V +11 to V +4 min. V ±11 channels between dB -56 < none kHz, 10 kHz, 1 Hz, 100 x10 x5, x2, x1, x0.5, x0.2, x0.1, Ω ™ Ω fru o1 Aload) mA 10 to up (for system www.warneronline.com 267 neurolog™ system ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment ™ NL512 neurolog system Biphasic Pulse Buffer

Specifications IN Input Voltage Range: ±15 V max For Full Scale Output ±10 V; ±5 V; ±2.5 V or ±1 V by on-board jumper selection Input Impedance 1 MW Frequency Response > 1 MHz; this will usually be limited to less than this by the NL800 Gate: Logic Levels TTL compatible Function ON (unit working) - TTL high (> 2.8 V or no connection) OFF (unit disabled) - TTL low (< 0.8 V) Input Voltage Range: ±15 V max Input Impedance ~85 kW Response Time < 5 µs ON/OFF Switch This overrides the GATE input to disable the module when set to OFF OUT Output DC Offset for NL800 < 0.7 to > 2.3 V - Separately set for each phase Output Voltage Range 0 to +10 V The NL512 Biphasic-Pulse Buffer is the interface between any bipolar Output Current for NL800 Up to 20 mA signal and two of the NeuroLog™ NL800A ISOLATORS so that bipolar, Output Impedance < 10 W isolated, constant current signals can be used for stimulation. This is Rear connections To the NL900 motherboard allow an input interconnection physiology

Electro- “current out for voltage in”. for IN or GATE and the module to the immediate left without the need of a front panel cable The NL512 features a high input impedance and four input ranges to allow a number of different modules, or an external signal (such as from Order # Model Product the ADC in a PC), to be used for the input signal. A GATE input allows W4 72-4221 NL512 Biphasic Pulse Buffer multiple units to be connected to a single analogue source with each neurolog channel being digitally enabled separately. The switch, in the OFF position, disables the module. The NL800A ISOLATOR features no battery usage except for when a ™

system stimulus is being presented which is achieved by using an input opto- coupler. This does suffer from having a low impedance and a DC offset which is different for each unit but the NL512 removes these problems. The NL512 provides easily adjustable internal finger controls for the DC offset of each of the NL800A’s. An on-board jumper allows the unit to be driven by one of four different ranges for Full Scale current output from the NL800’s. These are ±10V, ±5 V, ±2.5 V and ±1 V. The 1 mm jumper system on the board allows the unit to be driven from the unit on its immediate left, if required, via the Motherboard in the NL900 Rack and Power Supply.

268 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com nrmnstecutrtwrsafl cl on f25 50o 25500 or 2550 255, of count scale full a towards counter the increments Pre-Scaler Steps Output Out Pulse Inputs Specifications The Integrator Pulse NL601 otnet nrmn niptple ni h nti ee.Ti a be can This reset. is unit the until will pulses counter input The on switch. increment scale to panel continue front the by pre-selectable is socket which input the at pulse A count. the to proportional output analog nlgOut Analog otad1 ot o ulsaecut(sn h rn ae uptadjuster output panel front the (using count scale full for volts 11 and volt oemnal wt h n f/ee wth rb pligaplet the to pulse a applying by or switch) res off/reset on, the (with manually done counter o)teotu ilices y125(o ulsaecuto 5)for 255) of count scale full a (for 1/255 by increase will output the pot) counter uptwl ehl ttepeiu on ee ni h etrstple In pulse. reset next the until level count previous the the pulse at reset held a be On will function. output reset/latch external the function, reset other vr us nadwl tya aiu otg o vr us fe 255 after pulse every reset. for is voltage unit maximum the at until stay will and in pulse every fettecutri ee u h upti eda t au ttetm of time the at value its at held is output the but reset is counter the effect h us.TeN61hstootus h is sasml us u when out pulse simple a is first the outputs, two has NL601 The pulse. the h one ece ulsca full reaches counter the anrInstruments Warner Product Model 65-0260 W4 # Order L0 n NL603 and NL601 ts et NL601 ce.Atraiey ihteui e oitra-ee,we the when internal-reset, to set unit the with Alternatively, ocket. r ee.Tescn steaao upt dutbebten1 between Adjustable output. analog the is second The reset. are s ece ulsaeteui ilatmtclyrst hr sone is There reset. automatically will unit the scale full reaches us nertrhsadgtlcutrwihpoue an produces which counter digital a has Integrator Pulse L0 us Integrator Pulse NL601 rn ae pot panel front oe 0 r100 or 10, None, 255 TTL pulses TTL dutbebten1Vad1 o ulsaevia scale full for V 11 and V 1 between Adjustable hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • ec le utteotu oshg ni the until high goes output the ount neurolog banbewe sdwt h L0 eidGnrtri etrthan better is Generator Period NL304 the with used when obtainable .1 nmnmmseso sc h E ipa fteN63enables NL603 the of display LED The µsec. 1 of steps minimum in 0.01% etns rstSo nwihtecuti tpe hntepreset the when stopped switch is preset count the the equals which count in the which Preset-Stop when in settings; zero Preset-Reset to modes: reset three are of counters one the in and operated reset be externally can be they can gated; counters The readout. decimal diode emitting per tteotu uigcutn ntePee-tpmd.U o3 to Up mode. Preset-Stop the in counting level during logic output high the a at modes); appears Preset-Reset and Run (Free number preset duration, tt eue ocutrsoss ubro tml eiee,ec,in etc., delivered, trains. stimuli pulse of controlling number to responses, addition count to used be to it a.Cutn ae5MHz (nominal) 5 µsec 0.5 modes) Preset-Reset and Run (Free Rate Counting Max. Width Pulse Output Fan-Out Output Inputs Specifications The Counter NL603 affe ubri ece;adFE U,in RUN, FREE and reached; is number onestruhrc decnetr hnteCutr r cascaded. are Counters the when connectors adjacent edge to rack relayed through automatically Counters are Carry, signals counts. logic large preset arbitrarily and give reset to cascaded be can Counters NL603 L0 oue a eus be can modules NL603 re oe Product Model 65-0261 W4 # Order ttecut us cusa h uptwe h on qasthe equals count the when output the at occurs pulse A count. the ct NL603 us ea pae,nme fple ntan,ec Precision etc. trains, in pulses of number (phase), delay pulse one sa2dgtpee eaecutrwt -ii light 2-digit a with counter decade preset 2-digit a is Counter L0 Counter NL603 0TLinputs TTL 10 pulses TTL df ed ™ rdgtlcnrlo us it,cycle width, pulse of control digital or hc t which system www.warneronline.com epee ubrde not does number preset he 269 neurolog™ system ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment ™ NL703 and NL800Aneurolog system

NL703 EMG Integrator NL800A Stimulus Isolator-Constant Current The NL703 EMG Integrator module was designed to produce an analogue The NL800A Stimulus Isolator is a battery powered, light-coupled isolated physiology signal to represent muscle activity. The unit will accept signals up to ±1 V stimulator. It has a constant current output, with very high output Electro- which it full-wave rectifies and applies to a ‘leaky integrator’. The output impedance, making it suitable for stimulation through microelectrodes as of the integrator is buffered and the overall gain is set at unity. The time well as with gross electrodes. Can be driven by the NL510A Pulse Buffer constant of the integrator is set by a 6-position rotary switch. A toggle or NL512 Biphasic Buffer. When used with the NL510A, output current is switch is also provided so that the direct signal can be viewed. set by the 10-turn AMPLITUDE control on the NL510A itself. Alternatively,

neurolog the NL512 allows biphasic analogue waveforms (e.g. from a PC) to be Specifications converted into a biphasic stimulus when used in conjunction with two Input Max. signal that can be processed without distortion is ±1 V NL800A units. In both cases, output pulses have the same timing as input pulses. Features of the NL800A are its very small physical size (for

™ Input Overload Input is protected up to ±75 V system Time Constants Setable to 20, 50, 100, 200, 500 and 1000 msec; mounting close to the preparation), low battery consumption, excellent accuracy better than 10% isolation (< 1 pF output to input or ground coupling), and fast rise time. Integrate/Direct Either Integrated signal or input signal is selectable by this switch; if Direct is selected, Integrator is reset to zero Specifications Output Output produces signal which has gain of unity from input Input Requirements 10 V at 30 mA (nominal) for full scale output but integrated with respect to time at time constant Output Current Range 0 to 10 mA in 4 overlapping decade ranges selected Output Risetime < 5 µsec (1 k load); < 20 µsec (typical tungsten micro- Output Impedance 600 in integrate; connected to INPUT socket in Direct Ω Ω electrode load); < 40 µsec for 1 MΩ resistor across output Output Resistance > 900 MΩ Order # Model Product Input-Output Capacitative Coupling < 1 pF W4 65-0266 NL703 EMG Integrator Accuracy and Linearity ±3% of full scale output for each output range Dimensions 38 x 54 x 98 mm (1.50 x 2.13 x 3.5 in) excluding knob

Order # Model Product W4 65-0276 NL800A Stimulus Isolator, Constant Current W4 65-0363 NL800BATT Set of Five Batteries for NL800A

270 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com The Pre-Amplifier 4-Channel NL844 eut na mlfe ihavr atrcvr iefo stimulus from time recovery fast very a with amplifier an in results Ther 1, differential impedance high and noise low Its Isolator. NL820A the with nusmk tpriual utbefruea edtg pre-amplifier headstage a as use for suitable particularly it make inputs reatpulses. artefact hr r eylresiuu reat,freapewe sdcoet a to close used when example for where artefacts, use stimulus for large suited very particularly are is there unit This switches. toggle panel rear ls otepeaain da o sltdEG E rEGapplications. ECG or EEG EMG, isolated for ideal preparation, the to close antcsiuao ol h nu ici uoaial dut oteDC the to adjusts automatically circuit input The coil. stimulator magnetic tfaue ar fclu oe .m I tuhpof okt for sockets proof” “touch DIN 1.5mm coded electrode colour of pairs 4 features It ifrniliptsga xed t oml± the normal if its constant exceeds time signal its input modifies differential filter non-linear a plus conditions input anrInstruments Warner NL844 ,3o hne oe ihuue hnessice f sn the using off switched channels unused with modes channel 4 or 3 2, NL844 fr,fs,sotatfcsd o lc h usqetsae.This stages. subsequent the block not do artefacts short fast, efore, oncina connection r-mlfe sseiial eindt prt nconjunction in operate to designed specifically is pre-amplifier ela O nu.Teui a eoeae in operated be can unit The input. COM a as well s hn 23 7-64•Tl reUS 80 9-23•Fx(0)7617 • 776-1278 (203) Fax • 599-4203 (800) U.S. Free Toll • 776-0664 (203) Phone • m w 0mV neurolog rigrange. orking edLength Lead Noise M 100 Mode -3dB Common kHz 35 > NL820A With Channels Input Hz 30 10, 3, Impedance Input Cut Frequency High Cut Frequency Low Gain Specifications re oe Product Model 65-0362 W4 # Order L4 -hne Pre-Amplifier 4-Channel NL844 . m 2.5 bandwidth full RMS µV 5 x10,000 x1,000, x100, 0001(8 B wt L2A-2 dB) -120 NL820A (with dB) (-80 10,000:1 4 ™ Ω oeae ncanlpairs) channel in (operated system oeae ncanlpairs) channel in (operated www.warneronline.com 271 neurolog™ system ElectrophysiologyElectro- physiologyEquipment ™ NeuroLog™ Systemneurolog Accessories system

Order # Model Product Order # Model Product Cables Panel-Mounted Sockets W4 65-0386 NL951-15cm Cable With Male Connectors W4 65-0301 NL944 Lemo 4-Pole, as on NL103 and NL107 (Lemo Type F00250) on Both Ends, W4 65-0302 NL944K Lemo 4-Pole,as on NL104A, NL108A 15 cm L W4 65-0303 NL964 Lemo RA00250 W4 65-0387 NL951-30cm Cable With Male Connectors (Standard NeuroLog™ Socket) (Lemo Type F00250) on Both Ends, 30 cm L W4 65-0304 NL969S Lemo 9-Pole Insulated, as on NL820A W4 65-0388 NL951-45cm Cable With Male Connectors (Lemo Type F00250) on Both Ends, Cable Mounted Sockets 45 cm L W4 65-0305 NL965 4-Pole (Matches NL100A) W4 65-0284 NL951-1m Cable With Male Connectors W4 65-0306 NL965K 4-Pole (Matches NL100AK/NL850A) (Lemo Type F00250) on Both Ends, W4 65-0307 NL966K 6-Pole (Matches NL102GH) 1 m L Adapters W4 65-0385 NL951-2m Cable With Male Connectors (Lemo Type F00250) on Both Ends, W4 65-0308 NL957 4-Way for NL100AK to NL103, 2 m L 2 m L W4 65-0309 NL957K 4-Way Adapter for NL100A to W4 65-0285 NL952 Cable With Male Connector at NL104A, 2 m L One End and Tinned Leads at W4 65-0310 NL960 BNC Plug to Lemo Socket Other End, 2 m L W4 65-0311 NL961 Lemo One-Pole ‘T’ Connector W4 65-0286 NL953 4-Way Cable With One Plug W4 65-0312 NL969T ‘T’ Connector for Two NL822/832 (Mates with NL103/NL107), 2 m L Accessory Kit W4 65-0287 NL953K 4-Way Cable With One Plug W4 65-0313 NL973A NL100AK Headstage Accessory Kit physiology (Mates with NL104A/NL108A), 2 m L Electro- W4 65-0288 NL975 Two-Way With 2 x 4 mm Plugs W4 65-0314 NL976 NL102G Headstage Accessory Kit (for NL120), 1 m L Blank NeuroLog™ Front Panels for Current Extension Cables Royal Blue NL900D’s W4 65-0289 NL950 One-Way With Plug W4 65-0632 NL910D-1 Single Width Panel (Standard NeuroLog™ Style), 10 cm L neurolog W4 65-0633 NL910D-2 Double Width Panel W4 65-0290 NL954 4-Way Extension Cable for W4 65-0634 NL910D-4 Quad Width Panel NL100A/NL103/NL107, 2 m L W4 65-0635 NL910D-6 Hex Width Panel W4 65-0291 NL954K 4-Way Extension Cable for ™ W4 65-0636 NL910D-8 Octal Width Panel

system NL100AK/ NL104A/NL108A/NL850A, 2 m L W4 65-0637 NL911D-1 Single Width Panel with Handle and Panel Screws, No PCB Mounts W4 65-0292 NL955 6-Way Extension Cable for NL102 (With Split Socket), 2 m L Blank Panels for older NL900™ Models are available. Please contact Customer Service for availability. W4 65-0293 NL955K 6-Way Extension Cable for NL102 (Standard Keyway), 2 m L Other Items W4 65-0294 NL956K 6-Way Extension Cable for W4 65-0320 NL970/10 Stacking Plugs, 1 mm D, NL102G, 2 m L pkg. of 10 Plugs W4 65-0321 NL972/10 Gold Plugs, 2 mm D, pkg. of 10 W4 65-0295 NL962 Lemo 1-Pole W4 65-0322 NL980 Edge Connector Extender Cable; (Standard NeuroLog™ Plug) Allows Access to Both Sides of Working Module for Trimmer W4 65-0296 NL963 Lemo 4-Pole for NL103/NL107 Adjustments, Calibration and Servicing W4 65-0297 NL963K Lemo 4-Pole for NL104A/NL108A W4 65-0323 NL985 Loudspeaker for NL120S W4 65-0298 NL967K Lemo 6-Pole for NL102G W4 65-0325 NLMAN NeuroLog™ Operators Manual W4 65-0299 NL968K Lemo 2-Pole for NL410 (Supplied with NL900 but also W4 65-0300 NL969P Lemo 9-Pole Insulated for NL820A Sold Separately)

272 Warner Instruments • Phone (203) 776-0664 • Toll Free U.S. (800) 599-4203 • Fax (203) 776-1278 • www.warneronline.com Sales Subsidiariescontact & Authorized information Distributors

Subsidiaries PORTUGAL/ HONG KONG SPAIN AUSTRALIA CANADA Bioprobes Ltd. (Hong Kong office) Izasa S.A. SDR Clinical Technology 14/F. Highgrade Building C/ Aragon 90, 0815 Barcelona, Spain Harvard Apparatus Canada 213 Eastern Valley Way, 117 Chatham Road South phone 34.902.20.30.80 Attn: Sales Department Middle Cove, NSW 2068, Australia Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong 6010 Vanden Abeele fax 34.902.20.30.81 phone 61.02.9958.2688 fax 61.02.9958.2655 phone 852.2723.9888 fax 852.2724.2633 Saint-Laurent, Quebec H4S 1R9, Canada e-mail [email protected] e-mail [email protected] e-mail [email protected] phone 514.335.0792, 800.361.1905 (CAN only) website www.sdr.com.au website www.izasa.es fax 514.335.3482 website www.bioprobeshk.com e-mail [email protected] website www.harvardapparatus.ca BELGIUM / RUSSIA FRENCH SWITZERLAND INDIA Science Pribor Harvard Apparatus, S.A.R.L. Marsap Services Pvt. Ltd. 23/15 Avtozavodskaya str FRANCE 6 Ave des Andes, Miniparc - Bat 8 29/31 Ujagar Ind. Estate, WTP Marg Rd. Moscow, Russia, 115280 Deonar, Mumbai, India 400 088 Harvard Apparatus, S.A.R.L. 91952 Les Ulies Cedex email [email protected] Attn: Sales Department phone (33) 1 64 46 00 85 phone 91.22.2551.6908 website www.sciencepribor.ru 6 Avenue des Andes, Miniparc – Bat. 8 fax (33) 1 64 46 94 38 fax 91.22.2556.3356 91952 Les Ulis Cedex, France e-mail [email protected] e-mail [email protected] phone 33.1.64.46.00.85 fax 33.1.64.46.94.38 SINGAPORE e-mail [email protected] Prime Bioscience Pte Ltd website www.harvardapparatus.fr BRAZIL ISRAEL Blk 431, Clementi Avenue 3, #01-358 Singapore 120431 Sellex, Inc. New Biotechnology Ltd. R. Cardoso de Almedia 788-114/S-1 P.O. Box 8662, Jerusalem, 91086, Israel phone 65-6364-0391 GERMANY 05013-001 Sâo Paulo – SP Brazil phone 972.2.6732001 fax 65-6269-0745 Hugo Sachs Elektronik phone 55.11.3872.2015 fax 972.2.6731611 e-mail [email protected] Harvard Apparatus, GmbH Gruenstrasse 1 fax 55.11.3872.1024 e-mail [email protected] D-79232 March-Hugstetten, Germany e-mail [email protected] website www.nbtltd.com SOUTH KOREA phone 49.7665.92000 fax 49.7665.920090 website www.sellex.com Sang Chung Commercial Co., Ltd. e-mail [email protected] website www.hugo-sachs.de ITALY Dae Kyung Bldg 3F CHILE Crisel Instruments Srl 839-15 Yuksam-Dong Del Carpio Analisisy Asesorias Ltda Kangnam-Ku, Seoul Korea Crisel Instruments Srl 35-935, CPO Box 1072 SPAIN Avda Sucre #2596 Nunoa Santiago, Chile Via Mattia Battistini, 177 phone 82-2-564-8766 Panlab, S.L., Harvard Apparatus Spain phone 56.2.269.1348 fax 56.2.341.5397 00167 Roma, Italy phone 39.06.35402933 fax 82-2-561-1603 C/Energia, 112 e-mail [email protected] e-mail [email protected] 08940 Cornellà, Barcelona, Spain fax 39.06.35402879 website www.delcarpio.cl website www.sang-chung.co.kr phone 34.934.750.697 (Intl. Sales) e-mail [email protected] phone 934.190.709 (Sales in Spain) website www.crisel-instruments.it Scitech Korea Room 302, Kangbuk Union Building fax 34.934.750.699 CHINA (BEIJING) Beon 3-dong, Kangbuk-Gu, e-mail [email protected] DL Instruments, Inc. Seoul, 142-706, Korea JAPAN website www.panlab.com A59-2-126 West 4th Ring Middle Road, Beijing phone 82 2 986 4419 Take-In Incorporated phone (010) 6818 9642 fax (010) 6822 2702 Kyosu Building 3-31-11 Amanuma fax 82 2 986 4429 e-mail [email protected] Suginami, Tokyo 167-0032, Japan e-mail [email protected] UNITED KINGDOM website www.dongleonline.com, phone 81.3.3597.1911 Harvard Apparatus, Ltd. www.dongleonline.com.cn Attn: Sales Department, Fircroft Way, fax 81.3.5833.5596 GERMAN Edenbridge, Kent TN8 6HE, United Kingdom CHINA (GUANGZHOU) e-mail [email protected] SWITZERLAND phone 44.1732.864001 fax 44.1732.863356 Bioprobes Ltd. (Guangzhou office) website www.ha-j.com Hugo Sachs Eletronik-Harvard Room 116, JinXia Bldg., No.15 Shi You Xin e-mail [email protected] Apparatus, GmbH Er Heng Road, Wu Yang Xin Cheng, Gruenstrasse 1, D-79232 March-Hugstetten website www.harvardapparatus.co.uk Guangzhou, China MEXICO phone (49) 7665 92000 phone 20-87357072, 20-87357737 Intecs Instrumentación S.A de C.V. fax (49) 7665 920090 UNITED STATES fax 20-87357072 Prolongacion de la 15 Poniente #3123 e-mail [email protected] Coulbourn Instruments e-mail [email protected] Colonia La Paz Attn: Sales Department website www.bioprobeschina.com Puebla, Puebla 72160, Mexico 5583 Roosevelt Street DL Instruments, Inc.(Guangzhou office) phone 52-222-756-2900 TAIWAN Whitehall, Pennsylvania 18052, USA 4 Siyou New Road fax 52-222-231-5166 Major Instruments Co. Ltd. phone 610.395.3771 fax 610.395.1333 Great Wall Building, Rm 612, Guangshou e-mail [email protected] 9th Floor No. 69-3 e-mail [email protected] phone (020) 8765 6735, (020) 8765 6736 Chung-Cheng E. Rd., Sec. 2 website [email protected] Tan-Shui, Taipei, Taiwan, ROC website www.coulbourn.com fax (020) 8765 6737 phone (02) 2808-1452 e-mail [email protected] fax (02) 2808-2354 Authorized Distributors website www.dongleonline.com, NEW ZEALAND www.dongleonline.com.cn Alphatech Systems Limited e-mail [email protected] P O Box 62613, Kalmia St website [email protected] The following Distributors are available to CHINA (WUHAN) Auckland 1544, New Zealand serve customers outside of the US. They can provide technical assistance, catalog DL Instruments, Inc. phone +64 9 580 1959 288 Zhenxing Road, Room 301-1-302, Wuhan information and quotations (including shipping fax +64 9 580 2044 TURKEY and importation costs) and after sales service. phone (027) 8356 9708 fax (027) 8356 9700 e-mail [email protected] Commat e-mail [email protected] Cetin Emec Blv 74.Sk No 4/9 Ovecler website www.alphatech.co.nz website www.dongleonline.com, Ankara, 6460, Turkey ARGENTINA www.dongleonline.com.cn phone +90 312 472 74 17 ETC Internacional S.A. fax +90 312 472 74 18 Allende 3274, (C1417BMV) Ciudad PAKISTAN e-mail [email protected] Autónoma de Buenos Aires, Argentina DENMARK Meditech Private Limited Meditech House, 114 G/1 M. A. Johar Town phone (+54 11) 4639 3488 Scandidact Biogimaterie Lahore, Pakistan fax (+54 11) 4639 6771 Oldenvej 45 phone +92 42 5302643 thru 46 (4 lines) e-mail [email protected] 3490 Kvistgaard, DK-3490, Denmark [email protected] phone (+45) 49 13 93 33 fax +92 42 5302640 & 41 (2 lines) página web www.etcint.com.ar fax (+45) 49 13 83 85 e-mail [email protected] email [email protected] Harvard Apparatus Presorted 84 October Hill Road Bound Printed Matter U.S. Postage Holliston, MA 01746-1388 USA PAID Harvard Apparatus Address Service Requested Chambers Microfluidics Perfusion/ Temperature Control Incubation Micro- specialized tools for physiology Electro- Electrophysiology

elBiology Cell & Cell Biology Research Microscopy Biosensing 1125 Dixwell Avenue 84 October Hill Road Hamden, CT 06514 USA Holliston, MA 01746-1388 USA Phone: 800.599.4203 (toll-free) Phone: 800.272.2775 (toll-free) 203.776-0664 508.893.8999 Electroporation Fax: 203.776.1278 Fax: 508.429.5732 Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected] Indexes www.warneronline.com www.harvardapparatus.com

Publication W4 © Copyright Harvard Apparatus